[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2003023009A2 - G-protein coupled receptors - Google Patents

G-protein coupled receptors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003023009A2
WO2003023009A2 PCT/US2002/028611 US0228611W WO03023009A2 WO 2003023009 A2 WO2003023009 A2 WO 2003023009A2 US 0228611 W US0228611 W US 0228611W WO 03023009 A2 WO03023009 A2 WO 03023009A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polynucleotide
polypeptide
seq
amino acid
sequence
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2002/028611
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2003023009A3 (en
Inventor
Mariah R. Baughn
Shanya D. Becha
Vicki S. Elliott
Ian J. Forsythe
Ameena R. Gandhi
Jennifer A. Griffin
Cynthia D. Honchell
Craig H. Ison
Pei Jin
Deborah A. Kallick
Ernestine A. Lee
Sally Lee
Jayalaxmi Ramkumar
Thomas W. Richardson
William W. Sprague
Anita Swarnakar
Narinder K. Chawla
Henry Yue
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Incyte Corp
Original Assignee
Incyte Genomics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Incyte Genomics Inc filed Critical Incyte Genomics Inc
Priority to AU2002327615A priority Critical patent/AU2002327615A1/en
Priority to CA002459323A priority patent/CA2459323A1/en
Publication of WO2003023009A2 publication Critical patent/WO2003023009A2/en
Publication of WO2003023009A3 publication Critical patent/WO2003023009A3/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/05Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)

Definitions

  • This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of G-protein coupled receptors and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of G-protein coupled receptors.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of specific G-protein coupled receptors to identify molecules that are involved in modulating taste or olfactory sensation.
  • Signal transduction is the general process by which cells respond to extracellular signals.
  • Signal transduction across the plasma membrane begins with the binding of a signal molecule, e.g., a hormone, neurotransmitter, or growth factor, to a cell membrane receptor.
  • the receptor thus activated, triggers an intracellular biochemical cascade that ends with the activation of an intracellular target molecule, such as a transcription factor.
  • This process of signal transduction regulates all types of cell functions including cell proliferation, differentiation, and gene transcription.
  • GPCRs G-protein coupled receptors
  • encoded by one of the largest families of genes yet identified play a central role in the transduction of extracellular signals across the plasma membrane. GPCRs have a proven history of being successful therapeutic targets.
  • GPCRs are integral membrane proteins characterized by the presence of seven hydrophobic transmembrane domains which together form a bundle of antiparallel alpha ( ⁇ ) helices. GPCRs range in size from under 400 to over 1000 amino acids (Strosberg, A.D. (1991) Eur. J. Biochem. 196:1-10; Coughlin, S.R. (1994) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 6:191-197).
  • the a-nmo-terrninus of a GPCR is extracellular, is of variable length, and is often glycosylated. The carboxy-terminus is cytoplasmic and generally phosphorylated. Extracellular loops alternate with intracellular loops and link the transmembrane domains.
  • Cysteine disulfide bridges linking the second and third extracellular loops may interact with agonists and antagonists.
  • the most conserved domains of GPCRs are the transmembrane domains and the first two cytoplasmic loops.
  • the transmembrane domains account, in part, for structural and functional features of the receptor. In most cases, the bundle of ⁇ helices forms a ligand-binding pocket.
  • the extracellular N-terminal segment, or one or more of the three extracellular loops, may also participate in ligand binding. Ligand binding activates the receptor by inducing a conformational change in intracellular portions of the receptor.
  • the large, third intracellular loop of the activated receptor interacts with a heterotrimeric guanine nucleotide binding (G) protein complex which mediates further intracellular signaling activities, including the activation of second messengers such as cyclic AMP (cAMP), phospholipase C, and inositol triphosphate, and the interaction of the activated GPCR with ion channel proteins.
  • G heterotrimeric guanine nucleotide binding
  • GPCRs include receptors for sensory signal mediators (e.g., light and olfactory stimulatory molecules); adenosine, ⁇ -aminobutyric acid (GABA), hepatocyte growth factor, melanocortins, neuropeptide Y, opioid peptides, opsins, somatostatin, tachykinins, vasoactive intestinal polypeptide family, and vasopressin; biogenic amines (e.g., dopamine, epmephrine and norepinephrine, stamine, glutamate (metabotropic effect), acetylcholine (muscarinic effect), and serotonin); chemokines; lipid mediators of inflammation (e.g., prostaglandins and prostanoids, platelet activating factor, and leukotrienes); and peptide hormones (e.g., bombesin, bradykinin, calcitonin, C5a anaphylatoxi
  • GPCR family is further increased by alternative splicing.
  • Many GPCR genes contain introns, and there are currently over 30 such receptors for which splice variants have been identified. The largest number of variations are at the protein C-terminus. N-teiminal and cytoplasmic loop variants are also frequent, while variants in the extracellular loops or transmembrane domains are less common. Some receptors have more than one site at which variance can occur.
  • the splice variants appear to be functionally distinct, based upon observed differences in distribution, signaling, coupling, regulation, and ligand binding profiles (Kilpatrick, G.J. et al. (1999) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 20:294-301).
  • GPCRs can be divided into three major subfamilies: the rhodopsin-like, secretin-Jike, and metabotropic glutamate receptor subfamilies. Members of these GPCR subfamilies share similar functions and the characteristic seven transmembrane structure, but have divergent amino acid sequences. The largest family consists of the rhodopsin-like GPCRs, which transmit diverse extracellular signals including hormones, neurotransmitters, and light. Rhodopsin is a photosensitive GPCR found in animal retinas. In vertebrates, rhodopsin molecules are embedded in membranous stacks found in photoreceptor (rod) cells.
  • Each rhodopsin molecule responds to a photon of light by triggering a decrease in cGMP levels which leads to the closure of plasma membrane sodium channels. In this manner, a visual signal is converted to a neural impulse.
  • Other rhodopsin-like GPCRs are directly involved in responding to neurotransmitters. These GPCRs include the receptors for adrenaline (adrenergic receptors), acetylcholine (muscarinic receptors), adenosine, galanin, and glutamate (N-me yl-D-aspartate NMDA receptors).
  • the galanin receptors mediate the activity of the neuroendocrine peptide galanin, which inhibits secretion of insulin, acetylcholine, serotonin and noradrenaline, and stimulates prolactin and growth hormone release.
  • Galanin receptors are involved in feeding disorders, pain, depression, and Alzheimer's disease (Kask, K. et al. (1997) Life Sci. 60:1523-1533).
  • Other nervous system rhodopsin-like GPCRs include a growing family of receptors for lysophosphatidic acid and other lysophospholipids, which appear to have roles in development and neuropathology (Chun, J. et al. (1999) Cell Biochem. Biophys. 30:213-242).
  • the RAlc receptor which was isolated from a rat brain library, has been shown to be limited in expression to very distinct regions of the brain and a defined zone of the olfactory epithelium (Raming, K. et al. (1998) Receptors Channels 6:141-151).
  • olfactory-like receptors are not confined to olfactory tissues.
  • three rat genes encoding olfactory-like receptors having typical GPCR characteristics showed expression patterns not only in taste and olfactory tissue, but also in male reproductive tissue (Thomas, M.B. et al. (1996) Gene 178:1-5).
  • secretin-like GPCR subfamily have as their ligands peptide hormones such as secretin, calcitonin, glucagon, growth hormone-releasing hormone, parathyroid hormone, and vasoactive intestinal peptide.
  • the secretin receptor responds to secretin, a peptide hormone that stimulates the secretion of enzymes and ions in the pancreas and small intestine
  • Secretin receptors are about 450 amino acids in length and are found in the plasma membrane of gastrointestinal cells. Binding of secretin to its receptor stimulates the production of cAMP.
  • Examples of secretin-like GPCRs implicated in inflammation and the immune response include the EGF module-containing, mucin-like hormone receptor (Emrl) and CD97 receptor proteins. These GPCRs are members of the recently characterized EGF-TM7 receptors subfamily. These seven transmembrane hormone receptors exist as heterodimers in vivo and contain between three and seven potential calcium-binding EGF-like motifs.
  • CD97 is predominantly expressed in leukocytes and is markedly upregulated on activated B and T cells (McKnight, A.J. and S. Gordon (1998) J. Leukoc. Biol. 63:271-280).
  • the third GPCR subfamily is the metabotropic glutamate receptor family.
  • Glutamate is the major excitatory neurotransmitter in the central nervous system.
  • the metabotropic glutamate receptors modulate the activity of intracellular effectors, and are involved in long-term potentiation (Watson, supra, p.130).
  • the Ca 2+ -sensing receptor which senses changes in the extracellular concentration of calcium ions, has a large extracellular domain including clusters of acidic amino acids which may be involved in calcium binding.
  • the metabotropic glutamate receptor family also includes pheromone receptors, the GABA B receptors, and the taste receptors.
  • GPCRs include two groups of chemoreceptor genes found in the nematodes Caenorhabditis elegans and Caenorhabditis briggsae, which are distantly related to the mammalian olfactory receptor genes.
  • GPCR mutations which may cause loss of function or constitutive activation, have been associated with numerous human diseases (Coughlin, supra). For instance, retinitis pigmentosa may arise from mutations in the rhodopsin gene. Furthermore, somatic activating mutations in the thyrotropin receptor have been reported to cause hyperfunctioning thyroid adenomas, suggesting that certain GPCRs susceptible to constitutive activation may behave as protooncogenes (Parma, J. et al. (1993) Nature 365:649-651).
  • GPCR receptors for the following ligands also contain mutations associated with human disease: luteinizing hormone (precocious puberty); vasopressin V 2 (X-linked nephrogenic diabetes); glucagon (diabetes and hypertension); calcium (hyperparathyroidism, hypocalcuria, hypercalcemia); parathyroid hormone (short limbed dwarfism); ⁇ 3 -adrenoceptor
  • GPCRs are also involved in depression, schizophrenia, sleeplessness, hypertension, anxiety, stress, renal failure, and several cardiovascular disorders (Horn, F. and G. Vriend (1998) J. Mol. Med. 76:464-468).
  • the therapeutic targets of these drugs span a wide range of diseases and disorders, including cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and central nervous system disorders as well as cancer, osteoporosis and endometriosis (Wilson et al., supra; Stadel et al, supra).
  • the dopamine agonist L-dopa is used to treat Parkinson's disease
  • a dopamine antagonist is used to treat schizophrenia and the early stages of Huntington's disease.
  • Agonists and antagonists of adrenoceptors have been used for the treatment of asthma, high blood pressure, other cardiovascular disorders, and anxiety; muscarinic agonists are used in the treatment of glaucoma and tachycardia; serotonin 5HT1D antagonists are used against migraine; and Mstamine HI antagonists are used against allergic and anaphylactic reactions, hay fever, itching, and motion sickness (Horn et al., supra).
  • the type 1 receptor for parathyroid hormone is a GPCR that mediates the PTH-dependent regulation of calcium homeostasis in the bloodstream. Study of PTH/receptor interactions may enable the development of novel PTH receptor ligands for the treatment of osteoporosis (Mannstadt, M. et al. (1999) Am. J. Physiol. 277:F665-F675).
  • Chemokines are small polypeptides that act as intracellular signals in the regulation of leukocyte trafficking, hematopoiesis, and angiogenesis. Targeted disruption of various chemokine receptors in mice indicates that these receptors play roles in pathologic inflammation and in autoimmune disorders such as multiple sclerosis. Chemokine receptors are also exploited by infectious agents, including herpesviruses and the human immunodeficiency virus (HJN-1) to facilitate infection.
  • infectious agents including herpesviruses and the human immunodeficiency virus (HJN-1) to facilitate infection.
  • chemokine receptor CCR5 which acts as a coreceptor for infection of T-cells by HJN-l, results in resistance to AIDS, suggesting that CCR5 antagonists could be useful in preventing the development of AIDS.
  • the olfactory bulb is an oval anterior outgrowth of brain tissue from the base of the brain ending in a bulbous enlargement which lies over the cribriform plate separating the brain cavity from the upper reaches of the nasal cavity. Its under surface receives the olfactory nerves which pass upward through the cribriform plate from the olfactory region of the nose.
  • the receptor cells for the smell sensation, or olfactory cells are actually bipolar nerve cells which lie in the olfactory membrane of the nose and connect with globular structures in the olfactory bulb called glomeruli.
  • Each glomerulus is the te ⁇ riinus for about 25,000 axons from olfactory cells, for dendrites from about 25 large mitral cells, and for about 60 smaller tufted cells that send axons through the olfactory tract into the central nervous system. Research suggests that different glomeruli respond to different odors.
  • the olfactory tract enters the brain at the junction between the mesencephalon and cerebrum. There the tract divides between two pathways, one to the medial olfactory area, where septal nuclei feed into the hypothalamus and other portions of the limbic system. The other pathway leads to the lateral olfactory area, composed mainly of the prepyriform and pyriform cortex and the cortical portion of the amygdaloid nuclei, where signals pass into the limbic system, especially into the hippocampus.
  • a third observed olfactory pathway passes through the thalamus, into the dorsomedial thalamic nucleus and then to the lateroposterior quadrant of the orbitofrontal cortex.
  • odorants are G-protein coupled receptors, possessing a characteristic seven transmembrane structure.
  • the N-te ⁇ ninus of these seven transmembrane G-protein coupled receptors is extracellular, and is often glycosylated, while the C-te ⁇ ninus is cytoplasmic and is often phosphorylated.
  • Three extracellular loops alternate with three intracellular loops, together forming the seven transmembrane, hydrophobic regions.
  • Sensory transduction in chemoreceptors occurs when odorants activate receptor molecules in olfactory cells, triggering an enzymatic cascade mediated by the G-protein GOLF (G-protein olf). This is similar to the mechanism for sensory transduction in photoreceptors, in which activation by rhodopsin via light triggers an enzymatic cascade mediated by the G-protein transducin (Keio J. (2001) J. Med. 50:13-19).
  • Anatomy and the Physiology of the Taste System In mammals, there are five primary tastes: salty, sour, bitter, sweet, and umami (the taste of monosodium glutamate).
  • TRCs taste receptor cells
  • TRCs are specialized neuroepithelial cells, electrically excitable, and form synapses with afferent gustatory nerve fibers.
  • Taste buds are focal collections of approximately 100 TRCs, clustered within onion-shaped structures.
  • the taste buds of the tongue are found within three types of papillae: fungiform, foliate and vallate, found, respectively, at the front, sides and rear of the tongue.
  • taste buds are also found in the soft palate, uvula, epiglottis, pharnyx, larnyx, and esophagus.
  • Taste transduction begins when sapid molecules interact with the receptors and ion channels in the apical microvilli of TRCs that are exposed to the oral cavity. This interaction leads to a change in the membrane conductance, depolarization, and transmitter release onto gustatory afferent neurons.
  • Taste stimuli vary widely in chemical structure, ranging in size from ions to complex carbohydrates and proteins. Thus, a diversity of mechanisms are required for taste transduction. Ionic stimuli, such as salts and acids (for salty and sour tastes), interact directly with ion channels to depolarize TRCs.
  • Complex stimuli such as carbohydrates, alkaloids, and proteins (for sweet, bitter, and umami tastes) activate G-protein coupled receptors (GCRECs) which regulate second-messenger cascades.
  • GCRECs G-protein coupled receptors
  • T1R3, a member of the T1R family of GCRECs is presumed to function as a sweet taste receptor in humans;
  • hT2R4 a member of the T2R/TRB family of GCRECs have been shown to respond to bitter compounds (Gilbertson, T.A. (2000) Curr. Opinion in Neurobiology 10:519-527).
  • Breast cancer is the most frequently diagnosed type of cancer in American women and the second most frequent cause of cancer death.
  • the lifetime risk of an American woman developing breast cancer is 1 in 8, and one-third of women diagnosed with breast cancer die of the disease.
  • a number of risk factors have been identified, including hormonal and genetic factors.
  • One genetic defect associated with breast cancer results in a loss of heterozygosity (LOH) at multiple loci such as p53, Rb, BRCA1, and BRCA2.
  • LHO heterozygosity
  • Another genetic defect is gene amplification involving genes such as c-myc and c-erbB2 (Her2-neu gene).
  • Steroid and growth factor pathways are also altered in breast cancer, notably the estrogen, progesterone, and epidermal growth factor (EGF) pathways.
  • Breast cancer evolves through a multi-step process whereby premalignant mammary epithelial cells undergo a relatively defined sequence of events leading to tumor formation.
  • An early event in tumor development is ductal hyperplasia.
  • Cells undergoing rapid neoplastic growth gradually progress to invasive carcinoma and become metastatic to the lung, bone, and potentially other organs.
  • Variables that may influence the process of tumor progression and malignant transformation include genetic factors, environmental factors, growth factors, and hormones.
  • Prostate cancer develops through a multistage progression ultimately resulting in an aggressive tumor phenotype.
  • the initial step in tumor progression involves the hyperproliferation of normal luminal and/or basal epithelial cells. Androgen responsive cells become hyperplastic and evolve into early-stage tumors. Although early-stage tumors are often androgen sensitive and respond to androgen ablation, a population of androgen independent cells evolve from the hyperplastic population. These cells represent a more advanced form of prostate tumor that may become invasive and potentially become metastatic to the bone, brain, or lung.
  • a variety of genes may be differentially expressed during tumor progression. For example, loss of heterozygosity (LOH) is frequently observed on chromosome 8p in prostate cancer.
  • LHO loss of heterozygosity
  • FISH Fluorescence in situ hybridization
  • DCs can be derived in vitro either from CD34+ bone marrow precursors (IDCs) or from peripheral blood monocytic cells (mDCs).
  • IDCs CD34+ bone marrow precursors
  • mDCs peripheral blood monocytic cells
  • IDCs CD34+ bone marrow precursors
  • mDCs peripheral blood monocytic cells
  • secondary lymphoid organs such as lymph node, spleen, and Peyer's patches.
  • DCs are efficient antigen processing cells but are limited in their capacity to activate naive T cells.
  • DCs Upon activation (injury, inflammation, infection), DCs enter their final stage of maturation during which they downregulate the capacity to process new antigens, migrate out of the periphery into the secondary lymphoid organs, and acquire an extremely potent capacity to activate naive T cells. Although it has been shown that several factors, such as cross-linking the CD40 surface molecules or the presence of TNF- ⁇ , can induce this final stage of maturation, little is known about the molecular events that take place during this process.
  • CD40 is a type I integral membrane glycoprotein belonging to the TNF-receptor family. It is expressed on all mature B lymphocytes, dendritic cells, and some epithelial cells. Antibodies specific for CD40 molecules can induce proliferation of B cells when presented with interleukin-4 (IL-4) or antibodies specific for CD20 molecules. Also, stimulation of B cells with anti-CD40 antibodies and IL-4 can induce the switch of immunoglobulin production to the IgE isotype.
  • IL-4 interleukin-4
  • stimulation of B cells with anti-CD40 antibodies and IL-4 can induce the switch of immunoglobulin production to the IgE isotype.
  • compositions including nucleic acids and proteins, for the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/hifla ⁇ imatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections.
  • Various embodiments of the invention provide purified polypeptides, G-protein coupled receptors, referred to collectively as 'GCREC and individually as 'GCREC-1,' 'GCREC-2,' 'GCREC-3,' 'GCREC-4,' 'GCREC-5,' 'GCREC-6,' 'GCREC-7,' 'GCREC-8,' 'GCREC-9,' 'GCREC-10,' 'GCREC-11,' 'GCREC-12,' 'GCREC-13,' 'GCREC-14,' 'GCREC-15,' 'GCREC-16,' 'GCREC-17,' 'GCREC-18,' 'GCREC-19,' 'GCREC-20,' 'GCREC-21,' and 'GCREC-22' and methods for using these proteins and their encoding polynucleotides for the detection, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases and medical conditions.
  • Embodiments also provide methods for utilizing the purified G-protein coupled receptors and/or their encoding polynucleotides for facilitating the drug discovery process, including determination of efficacy, dosage, toxicity, and pharmacology.
  • Related embodiments provide methods for utilizing the purified G-protein coupled receptors and/or their encoding polynucleotides for investigating the pathogenesis of diseases and medical conditions.
  • the invention additionally provides G-protein coupled receptors that are involved in olfactory and/or taste sensation.
  • the invention further provides polynucleotide sequences that encode said G- protein coupled receptors.
  • An embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • Another embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • Still another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. In an alternative embodiment, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44.
  • Still another embodiment provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22.
  • Another embodiment provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • Another embodiment provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:l-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • the method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
  • Yet another embodiment provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • the polynucleotide can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • a target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleot
  • the method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex.
  • the method can include detecting the amount of the hybridization complex.
  • the probe can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
  • a target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleo
  • the method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof.
  • the method can include detecting the amount of the amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof.
  • compositions comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the composition can comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • Other embodiments provide a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased or abnormal expression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
  • Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
  • Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
  • Another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide.
  • Yet another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
  • the method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
  • the invention further provides methods of using G-protein coupled receptors of the invention involved in olfactory and/or taste sensation, biologically active fragments thereof (including those having receptor activity), and amino acid sequences having at least 90% sequence identity therewith, to identify compounds that agonize or antagonize the foregoing receptor polypeptides. These compounds are useful for modulating, blocking and/or mimicking specific tastes and/or odors.
  • the present invention also relates to the use of olfactory and/or taste receptors of the invention, biologically active fragments thereof (including those having receptor activity), and polypeptides having at least 90% sequence identity therewith, in combination with one or more other olfactory and/or taste receptor polypeptides, to identify a compound or plurality of compounds that modulate, mimic, and/or block a specific olfactory and/or taste sensation.
  • the invention also relates to cells that express an olfactory or taste receptor polypeptide of the invention, a biologically active fragment thereof (including those having receptor activity), or a polypeptide having at least 90% sequence identity therewith, and the use of such cells in cell-based screens to identify molecules that modulate, mimic, and/or block specific olfactory or taste sensations.
  • the invention relates to a cell that co-expresses at least one olfactory or taste G- protein coupled receptor polypeptide of the invention, and a G-protein, and optionally one or more other olfactory and/or taste G-protein coupled receptor polypeptides, and the use of such a cell in screens to identify molecules that modulate, mimic, and/or block specific olfactory and/or taste sensations.
  • Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound.
  • Another embodiment provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ⁇ i) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i
  • Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ⁇ i) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv).
  • the target polynucleotide can comprise a fragment of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
  • Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog, and the PROTEOME database identification numbers and annotations of PROTEOME database homologs, for polypeptide embodiments of the invention. The probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s) are also shown.
  • Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide embodiments, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
  • Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide embodiments, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotides.
  • Table 5 shows representative cDNA libraries for polynucleotide embodiments.
  • Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
  • Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze polynucleotides and polypeptides, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • a host cell includes a plurality of such host cells
  • an antibody is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
  • GCREC refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified GCREC obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
  • the term "agonist” refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of GCREC.
  • Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of GCREC either by directly interacting with GCREC or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which GCREC participates.
  • An "allelic variant” is an alternative form of the gene encoding GCREC.
  • Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered.
  • a gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions ofnucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
  • altered nucleic acid sequences encoding GCREC include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as GCREC or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of GCREC. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide encoding GCREC.
  • the encoded protein may also be "altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent GCREC.
  • Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of one or more similarities in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of GCREC is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine
  • amino acid and amino acid sequence can refer to an oligopeptide, a peptide, a polypeptide, or a protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where "amino acid sequence” is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, “amino acid sequence” and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
  • Amplification relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid. Amplification may be carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies or other nucleic acid amplification technologies well known in the art.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Antagonist refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of GCREC.
  • Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, anticalins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of
  • GCREC either by directly interacting with GCREC or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which GCREC participates.
  • antibody refers to intact irnmunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant.
  • Antibodies that bind GCREC polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen.
  • the polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • an animal e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit
  • Commonly used carriers that are chemically coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • antigenic dete ⁇ ninant refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody.
  • a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to antigenic determmants (particular regions or three-dimensional structures on the protein).
  • An antigenic dete ⁇ ninant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
  • aptamer refers to a nucleic acid or oligonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target. Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No.
  • Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-like molecules.
  • the nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2'-OH group of a ribonucleotide may be replaced by 2'-F or 2'-NH 2 ), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer lifetime in blood.
  • Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system.
  • Aptamers may be specifically cross-linked to their cognate ligands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross-linker (Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13).
  • introduction refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo.
  • a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610).
  • spiegelmer refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturally occurring enzymes, which normally act on substrates containing right-handed nucleotides.
  • antisense refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense"
  • Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2 , -methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'- deoxyguanosine.
  • Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription.
  • the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation.
  • the designation "negative” or “minus” can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation “positive” or “plus” can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
  • biologically active refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule.
  • immunologically active or “immunogenic” refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic GCREC, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
  • Complementary describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5'-AGT-3' pairs with its complement, 3'-TCA-5'.
  • composition comprising a given polynucleotide and a “composition comprising a given polypeptide” can refer to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • the composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • Compositions comprising polynucleotides encoding GCREC or fragments of GCREC may be employed as hybridization probes.
  • the probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate.
  • the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
  • salts e.g., NaCl
  • detergents e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS
  • other components e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.
  • Consensus sequence refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVEEW fragment assembly system (Accelrys, Burlington MA) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
  • Constant amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions.
  • the table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • a “deletion” refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
  • derivative refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group.
  • a derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule.
  • a derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • a “detectable label” refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • “Differential expression” refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, dete ⁇ nined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample.
  • “Exon shuffling” refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
  • a “fragment” is a unique portion of GCREC or a polynucleotide encoding GCREC which can be identical in sequence to, but shorter in length than, the parent sequence.
  • a fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue.
  • a fragment may comprise from about 5 to about 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues.
  • a fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes maybe at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule.
  • a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence.
  • these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:23-44 can comprise a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:23-44, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained.
  • a fragment of SEQ ED NO:23-44 can be employed in one or more embodiments of methods of the invention, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ ID NO:23-44 from related polynucleotides.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ DD NO:23-44 and the region of SEQ DD NO:23-44 to which the fragment co ⁇ esponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a fragment of SEQ DD NO:l-22 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ DD NO:23-44.
  • a fragment of SEQ DD NO: 1-22 can comprise a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ DD NO:l-22.
  • a fragment of SEQ DD NO:l-22 can be used as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ DD NO: 1-22.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ DD NO:l-22 and the region of SEQ DD NO:l-22 to which the fragment corresponds can be determined based on the intended purpose for the fragment using one or more analytical methods described herein or otherwise known in the art.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon.
  • a “full length” polynucleotide sequence encodes a "full length” polypeptide sequence.
  • Homology refers to sequence similarity or, alternatively, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
  • percent identity and % identity refer to the percentage of identical residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • BLAST Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • BLAST Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool
  • the BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn,” that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ DD number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
  • percent identity and % identity refer to the percentage of identical residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm.
  • Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generaUy preserve the charge and hydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide.
  • percent similarity'' and % similarity refer to the percentage of residue matches, including identical residue matches and conservative substitutions, between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm.
  • NCBI BLAST software suite may be used.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) with blastp set at default parameters.
  • Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ DD number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • "Human artificial chromosomes" are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance.
  • humanized antibody refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched.
  • Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 ⁇ g/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
  • wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65 °C, 60°C, 55 °C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%.
  • blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v
  • RNA:DNA hybridizations Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acids by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or R 0 t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid present in solution and another nucleic acid immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
  • insertion and “addition” refer to changes in an amino acid or polynucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Immuno response can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • factors e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • an “immunogenic fragment” is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of GCREC which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal.
  • the term “immunogenic fragment” also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of GCREC which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • microa ⁇ ay refers to an a ⁇ angement of a plurality of polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, or other chemical compounds on a substrate.
  • element and “array element” refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antibody, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microarray.
  • modulate refers to a change in the activity of GCREC. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of GCREC.
  • nucleic acid and nucleic acid sequence refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
  • operably linked refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
  • Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
  • PNA protein nucleic acid
  • PNA refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
  • Post-translational modification of an GCREC may involve lipidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemically. Biochemical modifications will vary by cell type depending on the enzymatic milieu of GCREC.
  • Probe refers to nucleic acids encoding GCREC, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acids. Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes. "Primers” are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used. Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in, for example, Sambrook,
  • PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA).
  • Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome-wide scope.
  • the Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) allows the user to input a "r spriming library," in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microa ⁇ ays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.)
  • the PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences.
  • this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments.
  • the oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
  • a "recombinant nucleic acid” is a nucleic acid that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook and Russell (supra).
  • the term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid.
  • a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
  • such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
  • a “regulatory element” refers to a nucleic acid sequence usually derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
  • Reporter molecules are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, cher luminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art.
  • An "RNA equivalent,” in reference to a DNA molecule, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA molecule with the exception that all occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • sample is used in its broadest sense.
  • a sample suspected of containing GCREC, nucleic acids encoding GCREC, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
  • binding and “specifically binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A,” the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • substantially purified refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least about 60% free, preferably at least about 75% free, and most preferably at least about 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
  • substitution refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Substrate refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries.
  • the substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound.
  • a “transcript image” or “expression profile” refers to the collective pattern of gene expression by a particular cell type or tissue under given conditions at a given time.
  • Transformation describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment.
  • transformed cells includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • a "transgenic organism,” as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus.
  • the nucleic acid can be introduced by infection with a recombinant viral vector, such as a lentiviral vector (Lois, C. et al. (2002) Science 295:868-872).
  • the term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule.
  • the transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals.
  • the isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook and Russell (supra).
  • a "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07- 1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length.
  • a variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic” (as defined above), "splice,” “species,” or “polymorphic” variant.
  • a splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing.
  • the co ⁇ esponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule.
  • Species variants are polynucleotides that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides will generally have significant amino acid identity relative to each other.
  • a polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species.
  • Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • the presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
  • a "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity or sequence similarity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity or sequence similarity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
  • Various embodiments of the invention include new human G-protein coupled receptors (GCREC), the polynucleotides encoding GCREC, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections.
  • Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide embodiments of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its co ⁇ esponding polypeptide are co ⁇ elated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project DD).
  • Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ DD NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide DD) as shown.
  • Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ DD NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide DD) as shown.
  • Table 2 shows sequences with homology to the polypeptides of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database and the PROTEOME database.
  • Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ DD NO:) and the co ⁇ esponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide DD) for polypeptides of the invention.
  • Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (GenBank DD NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog and the PROTEOME database identification numbers (PROTEOME DD NO:) of the nearest PROTEOME database homologs.
  • Column 4 shows the probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s).
  • Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank and PROTEOME database homolog(s) along with relevant citations where applicable, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
  • Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention. Columns 1 and 2
  • FIG. 3 shows the number of armno acid residues in each polypeptide.
  • Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Accelrys, Burlington MA).
  • Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs.
  • Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
  • SEQ DD NO:2 is 85% identical, from residue 167 to residue P282, to human olfactory receptor (GenBank DD g2921716) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 5.0e-96, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance.
  • SEQ DD NO:2 also contains a seven transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ DD NO:4 is 48% identical, from residue E2 to residue L330, to mouse olfactory receptor P2 (GenBank DD g7638409) as dete ⁇ nined by BLAST. The BLAST probability score is 4.9e-75.
  • SEQ DD NO:4 also contains a 7 transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ DD NO: 10 is 60% identical, from residue D814 to residue F1004, to human seven transmembrane-domain receptor (GenBank DD g2117161) as determined by BLAST.
  • the BLAST probability score is 1.6e-70.
  • SEQ DD NO:10 is localized to the plasma membrane, is a receptor involved in G-protein signaling, and is homologous to a member of the secretin family of G- protein coupled receptors with a Latrophilin/CL-1 like GPS domain (PROTEOME DD
  • SEQ DD NO: 10 also contains a 7 transmembrane receptor (secretin family) domain and a CUB domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)- based PFAM database.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ DD NO:16 is 80% identical, from residue M14 to residue D318, to Mus musculus odorant receptor K4hl 1 (GenBank DD gl 1692563) as determined by BLAST.
  • the BLAST probability score is 1.4e-127.
  • SEQ DD NO:16 is localized to the plasma membrane, and is a signaling protein, as dete ⁇ nined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database.
  • SEQ DD NO: 16 also contains a 7 -transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as deterrnined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ DD NO:18 is 47% identical, from residue Ml to residue C306, to human breast cancer amplified G-protein coupled receptor 3 (BCA-GPCR-3) (GenBank DD gl5986319) as determined by BLAST.
  • the BLAST probability score is 2.5e-73.
  • SEQ DD NO:18 is localized to the plasma membrane and is a G-protein coupled receptor, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database.
  • SEQ DD NO: 18 also contains a seven transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ DD NO:19 is 98% identical, from residue Ml to residue V281, and 100% from residue A279 to residue T388, to human neurotensin receptor 2 (GenBank DD g3901028) as determined by BLAST.
  • the BLAST probability score is 3.0e-206.
  • SEQ ID NO: 19 also has homology to proteins that are localized to the plasma membrane and are neurotensin-binding proteins, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database.
  • SEQ DD NO: 19 also contains a 7 transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as dete ⁇ nined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • SEQ DD NO: 19 is a rhodopsin family receptor.
  • SEQ DD NO:l, SEQ DD NO:3, SEQ DD NO:5-9, SEQ DD NO:ll-15, SEQ DD NO:17, and SEQ DD NO:20-22 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner.
  • the algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ DD NO: 1-22 are described in Table 7.
  • the full length polynucleotide embodiments were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences.
  • Column 1 lists the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ DD NO:), the co ⁇ esponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte DD) for each polynucleotide of the invention, and the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs.
  • Column 2 shows the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences used to assemble the full length polynucleotide embodiments, and of fragments of the polynucleotides which are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ DD NO:23-44 or that distinguish between SEQ DD NO:23-44 and related polynucleotides.
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in Column 2 of Table 4 may refer specifically, for example, to Incyte cDNAs derived from tissue-specific cDNA libraries or from pooled cDNA libraries.
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs which contributed to the assembly of the full length polynucleotides.
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "ENST”).
  • the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NM” or "NT") or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NP").
  • polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm.
  • a polynucleotide sequence identified as FL_XXXXX_N I _N 2 _YYYY_N 3 _N 4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N 1 ⁇ 3 radical, , if present, represent specific exons that may have been manually edited during analysis (See Example V).
  • the polynucleotide fragments in column 2 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm.
  • a polynucleotide sequence identified as ⁇ LXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was applied, g ⁇ BBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V).
  • a RefSeq identifier (denoted by "NM,” “NP,” or “NT”) maybe used in place of the GenBank identifier (i.e., g ⁇ BBBB).
  • a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods.
  • the following Table lists examples of component sequence prefixes and corresponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
  • Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in Table 4 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
  • Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotides which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences.
  • the representative cDNA library is the Incyte cDNA library which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotides.
  • the tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
  • the invention also encompasses GCREC variants.
  • Various embodiments of GCREC variants can have at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the GCREC amino acid sequence, and can contain at least one functional or structural characteristic of GCREC.
  • Various embodiments also encompass polynucleotides which encode GCREC.
  • the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:23-44, which encodes GCREC.
  • polynucleotide sequences of SEQ DD NO:23-44 as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • the invention also encompasses variants of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC.
  • a variant polynucleotide will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding GCREC.
  • a particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:23-44 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:23-44.
  • a polynucleotide variant of the invention is a splice variant of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC.
  • a splice variant may have portions which have significant sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding GCREC, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to additions or deletions of blocks of sequence arising from alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing.
  • a splice variant may have less than about 70%, or alternatively less than about 60%, or alternatively less than about 50% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding GCREC over its entire length; however, portions of the splice variant will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or alternatively at least about 95%, or alternatively 100% polynucleotide sequence identity to portions ofthe polynucleotide encoding GCREC.
  • a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:44, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:30 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:31 are splice variants of each other; and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:27, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:28 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:29 are splice variants of each other.
  • Any one of the splice variants described above can encode a polypeptide which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of GCREC.
  • polynucleotides which encode GCREC and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to polynucleotides encoding naturally occurring GCREC under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce polynucleotides encoding GCREC or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host.
  • RNA transcripts having more desirable properties such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • the invention also encompasses production of polynucleotides which encode GCREC and GCREC derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry.
  • the synthetic polynucleotide may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art.
  • synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a polynucleotide encoding GCREC or any fragment thereof.
  • Embodiments of the invention can also include polynucleotides that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotides, and, in particular, to those having the sequences shown in SEQ DD NO:23-44 and fragments thereof, under various conditions of stringency (Wahl, G.M. and S.L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407; Kimmel, A.R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507-511). Hybridization conditions, including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions.”
  • Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention.
  • the methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA).
  • sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Applied Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853).
  • the nucleic acids encoding GCREC may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • restriction-site PCR uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector (Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322).
  • Another method, inverse PCR uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template.
  • the template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and su ⁇ ounding sequences (Triglia, T. et al.
  • a third method involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-119).
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR.
  • Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art (Parker, J.D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060).
  • primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
  • Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products.
  • capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths.
  • Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled.
  • Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • polynucleotides or fragments thereof which encode GCREC may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of GCREC, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other polynucleotides which encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent polypeptides may be produced and used to express GCREC.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter GCREC-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • oligonucleotide-mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
  • the nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of GCREC, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its ability to bind to other molecules or compounds.
  • MOLECULARBREEDING Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C.
  • DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These prefe ⁇ ed variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening.
  • genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using one or more chemical methods well known in the art (Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232).
  • GCREC itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods known in the art.
  • peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or solid-phase techniques (Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY, pp. 55-60; Roberge, J.Y.
  • the polynucleotides encoding GCREC or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host.
  • these elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3 'untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotides encoding GCREC. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of polynucleotides encoding GCREC. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g.
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express polynucleotides encoding GCREC. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems (Sambrook and Russell, supra; Ausubel et al., supra; Van Heeke, G.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors
  • yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g.,
  • Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids may be used for delivery of polynucleotides to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population (Di Nicola, M. et al. (1998) Cancer Gen. Ther. 5:350-356; Yu, M. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6340-6344; Buller, R.M. et al. (1985) Nature 317:813-815; McGregor, D.P. et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31:219-226; Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242).
  • the invention is not limited by the host cell employed.
  • cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotides encoding GCREC.
  • routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotides encoding GCREC can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La Jolla CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen).
  • PBLUESCRIPT Stratagene, La Jolla CA
  • PSPORT1 plasmid Invitrogen
  • Yeast expression systems may be used for production of GCREC.
  • a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters, such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris.
  • such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign polynucleotide sequences into the host genome for stable propagation (Ausubel et al., supra; Bitter, G.A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; Scorer, CA. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:181-184).
  • Plant systems may also be used for expression of GCREC. Transcription of polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 3:17-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters maybe used (Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) ⁇ MBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17:85-105). These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection (The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York NY, pp. 191-196).
  • viral promoters e.g.,
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses GCREC in host cells (Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659).
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
  • SV40 or EBV- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • plasmids may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid.
  • HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and delivered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes (Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355).
  • liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles for therapeutic purposes
  • GCREC in cell lines is prefe ⁇ ed.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC can be transformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector.
  • expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector.
  • cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media.
  • the purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
  • selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thyrnidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk and apr cells, respectively (Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823). Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate
  • neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418
  • als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively
  • trpB and hisD confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase
  • Visible markers e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), ⁇ - glucuronidase and its substrate ⁇ -glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system (Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131).
  • marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed.
  • sequence encoding GCREC is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing polynucleotides encoding GCREC can be identified by the absence of marker gene function.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding GCREC under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
  • host cells that contain the polynucleotide encoding GCREC and that express GCREC may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences, hnmunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of GCREC using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art.
  • ELISAs enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • RIAs radioirnmunoassays
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding GCREC include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC, or any fragments thereof may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • a vector for the production of an mRNA probe Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures maybe conducted using a variety of commercially available kits, such as those provided by Amersham Biosciences, Promega (Madison WI), and US Biochemical.
  • Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chennluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culmre.
  • the protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode GCREC may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of GCREC through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted polynucleotides or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro” or "pro” form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity.
  • Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • natural, modified, or recombinant polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems.
  • a chimeric GCREC protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of GCREC activity.
  • Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices.
  • Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA).
  • GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively.
  • FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags.
  • a fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the GCREC encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that GCREC maybe cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins. In another embodiment, synthesis of radiolabeled GCREC may be achieved in vitro using the
  • TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35 S-methionine.
  • GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or variants of GCREC may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to GCREC.
  • One or more test compounds may be screened for specific binding to GCREC. In various embodiments, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 200 test compounds can be screened for specific binding to GCREC.
  • test compounds can include antibodies, anticalins, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., ligands or receptors), or small molecules.
  • variants of GCREC can be used to screen for binding of test compounds, such as antibodies, to GCREC, a variant of GCREC, or a combination of GCREC and/or one or more variants GCREC.
  • a variant of GCREC can be used to screen for compounds that bind to a variant of GCREC, but not to GCREC having the exact sequence of a sequence of SEQ DD NO:l-22.
  • GCREC variants used to perform such screening can have a range of about 50% to about 99% sequence identity to GCREC, with various embodiments having 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, and 95% sequence identity.
  • a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to GCREC can be closely related to the natural ligand of GCREC, e.g., a ligand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner (Coligan, J.E. et al. (1991) Cu ⁇ ent Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5).
  • the compound thus identified can be a natural ligand of a receptor GCREC (Howard, A.D. et al. (2001) Trends Pharmacol. Sci.22:132- 140; Wise, A. et al. (2002) Drug Discovery Today 7:235-246).
  • a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to GCREC can be closely related to the natural receptor to which GCREC binds, at least a fragment of the receptor, or a fragment of the receptor including all or a portion of the ligand binding site or binding pocket.
  • the compound may be a receptor for GCREC which is capable of propagating a signal, or a decoy receptor for GCREC which is not capable of propagating a signal (Ashkenazi, A. and V.M.
  • the compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. Examples of such techniques include those used to construct the compound etanercept (ENBREL; Amgen Inc., Thousand Oaks CA), which is efficacious for treating rheumatoid arthritis in humans.
  • Etanercept is an engineered p75 tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor dimer linked to the Fc portion of human IgG, (Taylor, P.C. et al. (2001) Cu ⁇ . Opin. Immunol. 13:611-616).
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • two or more antibodies having similar or, alternatively, different specificities can be screened for specific binding to GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or variants of GCREC.
  • the binding specificity of the antibodies thus screened can thereby be selected to identify particular fragments or variants of GCREC.
  • an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential identification of specific fragments or variants of GCREC.
  • an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential diagnosis of a specific disease or condition having increased, decreased, or otherwise abnormal production of GCREC.
  • anticalins can be screened for specific binding to GCREC, fragments of
  • Anticalins are ligand-binding proteins that have been constructed based on a lipocalin scaffold (Weiss, G.A. and H.B. Lowman (2000) Chem. Biol. 7:R177-R184; Skerra, A. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:257-275).
  • the protein architecture of lipocalins can include a beta-ba ⁇ el having eight antiparallel beta-strands, which supports four loops at its open end. These loops form the natural ligand-binding site of the lipocalins, a site which can be re-engineered in vitro by amino acid substitutions to impart novel binding specificities.
  • the amino acid substitutions can be made using methods known in the art or described herein, and can include conservative substitutions (e.g., substitutions that do not alter binding specificity) or substitutions that modestly, moderately, or significantly alter binding specificity.
  • screening for compounds which specifically bind to, stimulate, or inhibit GCREC involves producing appropriate cells which express GCREC, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane.
  • Prefe ⁇ ed cells can include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli. Cells expressing GCREC or cell membrane fractions which contain GCREC are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either GCREC or the compound is analyzed.
  • An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label.
  • the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with GCREC, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of GCREC to the compound.
  • the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor.
  • the assay may be carried out using cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support.
  • An assay can be used to assess the ability of a compound to bind to its natural ligand and/or to inhibit the binding of its natural ligand to its natural receptors.
  • examples of such assays include radio- labeling assays such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,914,236 and U.S. Patent No. 6,372,724.
  • one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a receptor) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural ligands (Matthews, D.J. and J.A. Wells. (1994) Chem. Biol. 1:25-30).
  • one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a ligand) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural receptors (Cunningham, B.C. and J.A. Wells (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:3407-3411; Lowman, H.B. et al. (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:10982-10988).
  • GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or variants of GCREC may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of GCREC. Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists.
  • an assay is performed under conditions permissive for GCREC activity, wherein GCREC is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of GCREC in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of GCREC in the absence of the test compound.
  • a change in the activity of GCREC in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of GCREC.
  • a test compound is combined with an in vitro or cell-free system comprising GCREC under conditions suitable for GCREC activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of GCREC may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC or their mammalian homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) cells.
  • ES embryonic stem
  • Such techniques are well known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337).
  • mouse ES cells such as the mouse 129/SvJ cell line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture.
  • the ES cells are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292).
  • a marker gene e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292).
  • the vector integrates into the co ⁇ esponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination.
  • homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330).
  • Transformed ES cells are identified and microinjected into mouse cell blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain.
  • the blastocysts are surgically transfe ⁇ ed to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains.
  • Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents.
  • Polynucleotides encoding GCREC may also be manipulated in vitro in ES cells derived from human blastocysts.
  • Human ES cells have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate cell lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal cell types. These cell lineages differentiate into, for example, neural cells, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
  • Polynucleotides encoding GCREC can also be used to create "knockin” humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease.
  • knockin technology a region of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC is injected into animal ES cells, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal cell genome.
  • Transformed cells are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above.
  • Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease.
  • a mammal inbred to overexpress GCREC may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74).
  • THERAPEUTICS Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of GCREC and G-protein coupled receptors.
  • examples of tissues expressing GCREC can be found in Table 6 and can also be found in Example XI. Therefore, GCREC appears to play a role in cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections.
  • GCREC or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone ma ⁇ ow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung
  • a vector capable of expressing GCREC or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • composition comprising a substantially purified GCREC in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those provided above.
  • an agonist which modulates the activity of GCREC may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those listed above.
  • an antagonist of GCREC may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of GCREC.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, those cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections described above.
  • an antibody which specifically binds GCREC may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to cells or tissues which express GCREC.
  • a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • any protein, agonist, antagonist, antibody, complementary sequence, or vector embodiments maybe administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents may act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • An antagonist of GCREC may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art.
  • purified GCREC may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind GCREC.
  • Antibodies to GCREC may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library.
  • neutralizing antibodies i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation
  • Single chain antibodies may be potent enzyme inhibitors and may have application in the design of peptide mimetics, and in the development of immuno-adsorbents and biosensors (Muyldermans, S. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:277-302).
  • various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, camels, dromedaries, llamas, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with GCREC or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties.
  • various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol.
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum are especially preferable.
  • the oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to GCREC have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally will consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments are substantially identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of GCREC amino acids maybe fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced. Monoclonal antibodies to GCREC may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture.
  • chimeric antibodies such as the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used (Morrison, S.L. et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad.
  • Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature (Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al.
  • Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for GCREC may also be generated.
  • fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab') 2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments.
  • Fab expression libraries may be constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity (Huse, W.D. et al. (1989)
  • immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity.
  • Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are well known in the art.
  • Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between GCREC and its specific antibody.
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering GCREC epitopes is generally used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
  • Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioimmunoassay techniques may be used to assess the affinity of antibodies for GCREC.
  • K a is defined as the molar concentration of GCREC-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions.
  • the K a determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular GCREC epitope, represents a true measure of affinity.
  • High-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 9 to 10 12 L/mole are prefe ⁇ ed for use in immunoassays in which the GCREC- antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations.
  • Low-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 6 to 10 7 IJmole are prefe ⁇ ed for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of GCREC, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington DC; Liddell, J.E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY).
  • polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to dete ⁇ nine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream applications.
  • a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml is generally employed in procedures requiring precipitation of GCREC-antibody complexes.
  • Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generally available (Catty, supra; Coligan et al, supra).
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC, or any fragment or complement thereof may be used for therapeutic purposes.
  • modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oligonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding GCREC.
  • complementary sequences or antisense molecules DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oligonucleotides
  • antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding GCREC (Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press, Totawa NJ).
  • Antisense sequences can be delivered intracellularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the cellular sequence encoding the target protein (Slater, J.E. et al. (1998) J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 102:469-475; Scanlon, K.J. et al. (1995) 9:1288-1296).
  • Antisense sequences can also be introduced intracellularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retiovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors (Miller, A.D.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used for somatic or gerrnline gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy may be performed to (i) co ⁇ ect a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCDD)-Xl disease characterized by X- linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine dea inase (ADA) deficiency
  • SCDD severe combined immunodeficiency
  • ADA severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine dea inase
  • hepatitis B or C virus HBV, HCV
  • fungal parasites such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis
  • protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi.
  • the expression of GCREC from an appropriate population of transduced cells may alleviate the clinical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency.
  • GCREC are treated by constructing mammalian expression vectors encoding GCREC and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into GCREC-deficient cells.
  • Mechanical transfer technologies for use with cells in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual cells, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (iii) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J.-L. and H. Recipon (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol.
  • Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of GCREC include, but are not limited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La Jolla CA), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto CA).
  • GCREC may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes), (ii) an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau (1998) Cu ⁇ . Opin. Biotechnol.
  • a constitutively active promoter e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or ⁇ -actin genes
  • FK506/rapamycin inducible promoter or the RU486/mifepristone inducible promoter (Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau, supra)), or ( ⁇ i) a tissue-specific promoter or the native promoter of the endogenous gene encoding GCREC from a normal individual.
  • liposome transformation kits e.g., the PERFECT LIPDD TRANSFECTION KIT, available from Invitrogen
  • PERFECT LIPDD TRANSFECTION KIT available from Invitrogen
  • transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and A.J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845).
  • the introduction of DNA to primary cells requires modification of these standardized mammalian transfection protocols.
  • diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to GCREC expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding GCREC under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and ( ⁇ i) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus -acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation.
  • Retrovirus vectors e.g., PFB and PFBNEO
  • Retrovirus vectors are commercially available (Stratagene) and are based on published data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • the vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing cell line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target cells or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and A.D. Miller (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. et al. (1998) J.
  • VPCL vector producing cell line
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging cell lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of cells (e.g., CD4 + T-cells), and the return of transduced cells to a patient are procedures well known to persons skilled in the art of gene therapy and have been well documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al.
  • an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding GCREC to cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of GCREC.
  • the construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art. Replication defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). Potentially useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,707,618 to Armentano ("Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy”), hereby incorporated by reference.
  • a herpes-based, gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encodmg GCREC to target cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of GCREC.
  • the use of herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based vectors may be especially valuable for introducing GCREC to cells of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism.
  • the construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • a replication-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1 -based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395).
  • the construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S.
  • Patent No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca (Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer"), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transfe ⁇ ed to a cell under the control of the appropriate promoter for purposes including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and
  • HSV vectors see also Goins, W.F. et al. (1999; J. Virol. 73:519-532) and Xu, H. et al. (1994; Dev. Biol. 163:152-161).
  • the manipulation of cloned herpesvirus sequences, the generation of recombinant virus following the transfection of multiple plasmids containing different segments of the large herpesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of herpes virus, and the infection of cells with herpesvirus are techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding GCREC to target cells.
  • SFV Semliki Forest Virus
  • This subgenomic RNA replicates to higher levels than the full length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral protems with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase).
  • inserting the coding sequence for GCREC into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of GCREC-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of GCREC in vector transduced cells.
  • alphavirus infection is typically associated with cell lysis within a few days
  • the ability to establish a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney cells (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic replication of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy application (Dryga, S.A. et al. (1997) Virology 228:74-83).
  • the wide host range of alphaviruses will allow the introduction of GCREC into a variety of cell types.
  • the specific transduction of a subset of cells in a population may require the sorting of cells prior to transduction.
  • the methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and perfo ⁇ ning alphavirus infections, are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
  • Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature (Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.I. Can, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp. 163-177). A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Ribozymes enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA.
  • the mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage.
  • engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of RNA molecules encoding GCREC.
  • Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initially identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC.
  • RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable.
  • the suitability of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
  • RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA molecules encoding GCREC. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or mducibly, can be introduced into cell lines, cells, or tissues. RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life.
  • flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
  • This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, ymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases.
  • RNAi RNA interference
  • PTGS post-transcriptional gene silencing
  • RNAi is a post- transcriptional mode of gene silencing in which double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) introduced into a targeted cell specifically suppresses the expression of the homologous gene (i.e., the gene bearing the sequence complementary to the dsRNA). This effectively knocks out or substantially reduces the expression of the targeted gene.
  • dsRNA double-stranded RNA
  • PTGS can also be accomplished by use of DNA or DNA fragments as well. RNAi methods are described by Fire, A. et al.
  • PTGS can also be initiated by introduction of a complementary segment of DNA into the selected tissue using gene delivery and/or viral vector delivery methods described herein or known in the art.
  • RNAi can be induced in mammalian cells by the use of small interfering RNA also known as siRNA.
  • siRNA small interfering RNA also known as siRNA.
  • SiRNA are shorter segments of dsRNA (typically about 21 to 23 nucleotides in length) that result in vivo from cleavage of introduced dsRNA by the action of an endogenous ribonuclease.
  • SiRNA appear to be the mediators of the RNAi effect in mammals.
  • the most effective siRNAs appear to be 21 nucleotide dsRNAs with 2 nucleotide 3 ' overhangs.
  • the use of siRNA for inducing RNAi in mammalian cells is described by Elbashir, S.M. et al. (2001; Nature 411:494-498).
  • SiRNA can either be generated indirectly by introduction of dsRNA into the targeted cell, or directly by mammalian transfection methods and agents described herein or known in the art (such as liposome-mediated transfection, viral vector methods, or other polynucleotide delivery/introductory methods).
  • Suitable SiRNAs can be selected by examining a transcript of the target polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA) for nucleotide sequences downstream from the AUG start codon and recording the occu ⁇ ence of each nucleotide and the 3' adjacent 19 to 23 nucleotides as potential siRNA target sites, with sequences having a 21 nucleotide length being preferred.
  • mRNA target polynucleotide
  • Regions to be avoided for target siRNA sites include the 5' and 3 'untranslated regions (UTRs) and regions near the start codon (within 75 bases), as these may be richer in regulatory protein binding sites. UTR-binding proteins and/or translation mitiation complexes may interfere with binding of the siRNP endonuclease complex.
  • the selected target sites for siRNA can then be compared to the appropriate genome database (e.g., human, etc.) using BLAST or other sequence comparison algorithms known in the art. Target sequences with significant homology to other coding sequences can be eliminated from consideration.
  • the selected SiRNAs can be produced by chemical synthesis methods known in the art or by in vitro transcription using commercially available methods and kits such as the SILENCER siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX).
  • long-term gene silencing and/or RNAi effects can be induced in selected tissue using expression vectors that continuously express siRNA.
  • This can be accomplished using expression vectors that are engineered to express hairpin RNAs (shRNAs) using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Brummelkamp, T.R. et al. (2002) Science 296:550-553; and Paddison, P.J. et al. (2002) Genes Dev. 16:948-958).
  • shRNAs can be delivered to target cells using expression vectors known in the art.
  • An example of a suitable expression vector for delivery of siRNA is the PSILENCER1.0-U6 (circular) plasmid (Ambion).
  • the expression levels of genes targeted by RNAi or PTGS methods can be determined by assays for mRNA and/or protein analysis.
  • Expression levels of the mRNA of a targeted gene can be determined by northern analysis methods using, for example, the NORTHERNMAX-GLY kit (Ambion); by microarray methods; by PCR methods; by real time PCR methods; and by other RNA/polynucleotide assays known in the art or described herein.
  • Expression levels of the protein encoded by the targeted gene can be determined by Western analysis using standard techniques known in the art.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC.
  • Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides, triple he ⁇ x-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression.
  • a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased GCREC expression or activity, a compound which specifically promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC may be therapeutically useful.
  • test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide.
  • a test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commercially-available or proprietary library of naturally-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a library of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly.
  • a sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding GCREC is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained.
  • the sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabilized cell, or an in vitro cell-free or reconstituted biochemical system.
  • Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC are assayed by any method commonly known in the art.
  • the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC.
  • the amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus fo ⁇ ning the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds.
  • a screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human cell line such as HeLa cell (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
  • a particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial library of oligonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691).
  • oligonucleotides such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides
  • vectors may be introduced into stem cells taken from the patient and clonally propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Delivery by transfection, by liposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art (Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462- 466).
  • any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generally comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, celluloses, gums, and proteins.
  • Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Publishing, Easton PA).
  • Such compositions may consist of GCREC, antibodies to GCREC, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of GCREC.
  • compositions described herein may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • Compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in liquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generally aerosolized immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of small molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol delivery of fast- acting formulations is well-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g.
  • compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose.
  • the determination of an effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art.
  • Specialized forms of compositions may be prepared for direct intracellular delivery of macromolecules comprising GCREC or fragments thereof.
  • liposome preparations containing a cell-impermeable macromolecule may promote cell fusion and intracellular delivery of the macromolecule.
  • GCREC or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N- te ⁇ r ⁇ nal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the cells of all tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic cells, or in ammal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs.
  • An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example GCREC or fragments thereof, antibodies of GCREC, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of GCREC, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be deterrnined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) or LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD 50 /ED 50 ratio.
  • Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
  • Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels ofthe active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 ⁇ g to 100,000 ⁇ g, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of adrninistration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS
  • antibodies which specifically bind GCREC maybe used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of GCREC, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with GCREC or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of GCREC.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for GCREC include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect
  • GCREC in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule.
  • reporter molecules A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • Normal or standard values for GCREC expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to GCREC under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of GCREC expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used for diagnostic purposes.
  • the polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotides, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs.
  • the polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of GCREC may be correlated with disease.
  • the diagnostic assay may be used to dete ⁇ riine absence, presence, and excess expression of GCREC, and to monitor regulation of GCREC levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotides, including genomic sequences, encoding GCREC or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode GCREC.
  • the specificity of the probe whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5' regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification will deterrnine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding GCREC, allelic variants, or related sequences.
  • Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the GCREC encoding sequences.
  • the hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ DD NO:23-44 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the GCREC gene.
  • Means for producing specific hybridization probes for polynucleotides encoding GCREC include the cloning of polynucleotides encoding GCREC or GCREC derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes.
  • Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides.
  • Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32 P or 35 S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like.
  • Polynucleotides encodmg GCREC may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of GCREC.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcmoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone ma ⁇ ow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pan
  • Polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microa ⁇ ays uti ⁇ zing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered GCREC expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above.
  • Polynucleotides complementary to sequences encoding GCREC may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of polynucleotides encoding GCREC in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder.
  • Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in ammal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
  • a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding GCREC, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
  • hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to dete ⁇ nine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject.
  • the results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
  • the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms.
  • a more definitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earlier, thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
  • oligomers designed from the sequences encoding GCREC may involve the use of PCR. These oligomers may be chemically synthesized, generated enzymatically, or produced in vitro. Oligomers will preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding GCREC, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. Oligomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
  • oligonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs).
  • SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans.
  • Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods.
  • SSCP single-stranded conformation polymorphism
  • fSSCP fluorescent SSCP
  • oligonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding GCREC are used to amplify DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • the DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the like.
  • SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels.
  • the oligonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which allows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines.
  • sequence database analysis methods termed in silico SNP (isSNP) are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence.
  • SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego CA). SNPs may be used to study the genetic basis of human disease. For example, at least 16 common SNPs have been associated with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. SNPs are also useful for examining differences in disease outcomes in monogenic disorders, such as cystic fibrosis, sickle cell anemia, or chronic granulomatous disease.
  • variants in the mannose-binding lectin, MBL2 have been shown to be correlated with deleterious pulmonary outcomes in cystic fibrosis.
  • SNPs also have utility in pharmacogenomics, the identification of genetic variants that influence a patient's response to a drug, such as fe-threatening toxicity.
  • a variation in N-acetyl transferase is associated with a high incidence of peripheral neuropathy in response to the anti-tuberculosis drug isoniazid, while a variation in the core promoter of the ALOX5 gene results in diminished clinical response to treatment with an anti-asthma drug that targets the 5-lipoxygenase pathway.
  • Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of GCREC include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamplif ⁇ cation of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves (Melby, P.C. et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem. 212:229-236).
  • the speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by ranning the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
  • oligonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotides described herein may be used as elements on a microa ⁇ ay.
  • the microa ⁇ ay can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below.
  • the microarray may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to dete ⁇ riine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease.
  • this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient.
  • therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile.
  • GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or antibodies specific for GCREC may be used as elements on a microarray.
  • the microarray may be used to monitor or measure protein-protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
  • a particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or cell type.
  • a transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or cell type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time (Seilhamer et al., "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No. 5,840,484; hereby expressly incorporated by reference herein).
  • a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totality of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or cell type.
  • the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a plurality of elements on a microarray.
  • the resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
  • Transcript images may be generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, cell lines, biopsies, or other biological samples.
  • the transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a cell line.
  • Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as well as toxicological testing of industrial and naturally-occurring environmental compounds. All compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Sterner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000)
  • test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties.
  • fingerprints or signatures are most useful and refined when they contain expression information from a large number of genes and gene families. Ideally, a genome- wide measurement of expression provides the highest quality signature. Even genes whose expression is not altered by any tested compounds are important as well, as the levels of expression of these genes are used to normalize the rest of the expression data. The normalization procedure is useful for comparison of expression data after treatment with different compounds.
  • the toxicity of a test compound can be assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound. Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels co ⁇ esponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified. The transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
  • proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or cell type.
  • protem component of a proteome can be subjected individually to further analysis.
  • Proteome expression patterns, or profiles are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time.
  • a profile of a cell's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or cell type.
  • the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra).
  • the proteins are visualized in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typically by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains.
  • the optical density of each protein spot is generally proportional to the level of the protein in the sample.
  • the optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples for example, from biological samples either treated or untreated with a test compound or therapeutic agent, are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment.
  • the proteins in the spots are partially sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage followed by mass spectrometry.
  • the identity of the protein in a spot may be dete ⁇ nined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of interest. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
  • a proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for GCREC to quantify the levels of GCREC expression.
  • the antibodies are used as elements on a microa ⁇ ay, and protem expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each a ⁇ ay element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788).
  • Detection maybe performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each a ⁇ ay element.
  • Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in parallel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level.
  • There is a poor co ⁇ elation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures maybe useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile.
  • the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more reliable and informative in such cases.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound.
  • Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified.
  • the amount of each protem is compared to the amount of the co ⁇ esponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified.
  • the amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
  • Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art (Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT appUcation W095/251116; Shalon, D. et al. (1995) PCT appUcation WO95/35505; Heller, RA. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150-2155; Heller, M.J. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,605,662).
  • Various types of microa ⁇ ays are weU known and thoroughly described in Schena, M., ed. (1999; DNA Microarrays: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, London).
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding GCREC may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence.
  • Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentially cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping.
  • sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries (Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345- 355; Price, CM. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; Trask, B.J. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154).
  • HACs human artificial chromosomes
  • YACs yeast artificial chromosomes
  • BACs bacterial artificial chromosomes
  • PI constructions or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries
  • the nucleic acid sequences may be used to develop genetic Unkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) (Lander, E.S. and D. Botstein (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7353-7357).
  • Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) may be co ⁇ elated with other physical and genetic map data (Heinz-Ulrich, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968). Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online MendeUan Inheritance in Man (OMTM) World Wide Web site. Co ⁇ elation between the location of the gene encoding GCREC on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
  • RFLP restriction
  • In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques such as linkage analysis using estabUshed chromosomal markers, maybe used for extending genetic maps.
  • physical mapping techniques such as linkage analysis using estabUshed chromosomal markers
  • linkage analysis using estabUshed chromosomal markers maybe used for extending genetic maps.
  • the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammalian species, such as mouse may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques.
  • any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation (Gatti, R.A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580).
  • the nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
  • GCREC its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oUgopeptides thereof can be used for screening Ubraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The formation of binding complexes between GCREC and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • test compounds are synthesized on a soUd substrate.
  • the test compounds are reacted with GCREC, or fragments thereof, and washed.
  • Bound GCREC is then detected by methods well known in the art. Purified GCREC can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutraUzing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a soUd support. In another embodiment, one may use competitive drug screening assays in which neutraUzing antibodies capable of binding GCREC specifically compete with a test compound for binding GCREC.
  • antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with GCREC.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode GCREC may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are cu ⁇ ently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
  • Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA Ubraries described in the LEFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA). Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Invitrogen), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
  • TRIZOL Invitrogen
  • poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oUgo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN).
  • Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the co ⁇ esponding cDNA Ubraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA Ubraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Invitrogen), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 5). Reverse transcription was initiated using oUgo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oUgonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes.
  • the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Biosciences) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • cDNAs were Ugated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polyUnker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRTPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), PBK- CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA plasmid (Invitrogen), PCMV-ICIS plasmid (Stratagene), pIGEN (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), pRARE (Incyte Genomics), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics), or derivatives thereof.
  • Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coli cells including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5 ⁇ , DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Invitrogen.
  • Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by cell lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the following: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. FoUowing precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distiUed water and stored, with or without lyophiUzation, at 4°C.
  • plasmid DNA was ampUfied from host cell lysates using direct Unk PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in 384-well plates, and the concentration of ampUfied plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometricaUy using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) and a FLUOROSKAN D fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland). III. Sequencing and Analysis
  • Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example II were sequenced as follows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or Wgh-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (AppUed Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) Uquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Biosciences or suppUed in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Te ⁇ ninator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems).
  • Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VDI.
  • the polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vaUdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM; PROTEOME databases with sequences from Homo sapiens, Rattus norvegicus, Mus musculus, Caenorhabditis elegans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Candida albicans (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA); hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, TNCY, and TIGRFAM (Haft, D.H.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • HMM-based protem domain databases such as SMART (Schultz, J. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:5857-5864; Letunic, I. et al. (2002) Nucleic Acids Res. 30:242-244).
  • HMM is a probabilistic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene famiUes; see, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.
  • the queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER.
  • the Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce full length polynucleotide sequences.
  • GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to full length. Assembly was performed using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and cDNA assemblages were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The fuU length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the corresponding full length polypeptide sequences.
  • a polypeptide may begin at any of the methionine residues of the fuU length translated polypeptide.
  • Full length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, the PROTEOME databases, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and TIGRFAM; and HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART.
  • GenBank protein databases Genpept
  • PROTEOME databases
  • BLOCKS BLOCKS
  • PRINTS DOMO
  • PRODOM Prosite
  • Prosite Prosite
  • HMM-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and TIGRFAM
  • HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART.
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (MiraiBio, Alameda CA) and LASERGENE
  • Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence aUgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence aUgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aUgned sequences.
  • Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and fuU length sequences and provides appUcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • the first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where appUcable, the scores, probabiUty values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabiUty value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
  • Genscan is a general-purpose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (Burge, C. and S. KarUn (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94; Burge, C. and S. KarUn (1998) Cu ⁇ . Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354).
  • the program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a methionine to a stop codon.
  • the output of Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences.
  • Genscan The maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb. To determine which of these Genscan predicted cDNA sequences encode G-protein coupled receptors, the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for G-protein coupled receptors. Potential G-protein coupled receptors were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as G-protein coupled receptors. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases.
  • Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to correct e ⁇ ors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons.
  • BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubUc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription.
  • Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to correct or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence.
  • FuU length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or pubUc cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example HI. Alternatively, fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences.
  • Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example DI were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible spUce variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a full length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity.
  • Partial DNA sequences were extended to full length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis.
  • First, partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example DI were queried against pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases using the BLAST program.
  • the nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV.
  • a chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog.
  • HSPs high-scoring segment pairs
  • GenBank protein homolog The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the pubUc human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore "stretched” or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene. VI. Chromosomal Mapping of GCREC Encoding Polynucleotides The sequences which were used to assemble SEQ DD NO:23-44 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and pubUc domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm.
  • Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes.
  • the map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p- arm.
  • centiMorgan cM
  • centiMorgan is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.
  • the cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters.
  • Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound (Sambrook and RusseU, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 4).
  • the product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match.
  • the product score is a normaUzed value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as foUows: the BLAST score is multipUed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences).
  • the BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score.
  • the product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quaUty in a BLAST aUgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
  • polynucleotides encoding GCREC are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example DI). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a human tissue.
  • Each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract.
  • the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories.
  • each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories.
  • the resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding GCREC.
  • cDNA sequences and cDNA Ubrary/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA).
  • FuU length polynucleotides are produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the fuU length molecule using oUgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment.
  • One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment.
  • the initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68 °C to about 72 °C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
  • the reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg 2+ , (NH -SO,*, and 2-mercaptoethanol, Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Biosciences), ELONGASE enzyme (Invitrogen), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the foUowing parameters for primer pair PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C.
  • the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as foUows: Step 1: 94 °C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 57°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68 °C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C.
  • the concentration of DNA in each weU was determined by dispensing 100 ⁇ l PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 ⁇ l of undiluted PCR product into each weU of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), aUowing the DNA to bind to the reagent.
  • the plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan D (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA.
  • a 5 l to 10 ⁇ l aUquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
  • the extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transfe ⁇ ed to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences).
  • CviJI cholera virus endonuclease Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI
  • sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector
  • the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega).
  • Extended clones were reUgated using T4 Ugase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fiU-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli ceUs. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-weU plates in LB/2x carb Uquid media.
  • the cells were lysed, and DNA was ampUfied by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Biosciences) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step
  • DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reampUfied using the same conditions as described above.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • LEFESEQ database Incyte Genomics
  • Sequences from the same gene were clustered together and assembled as described in Example HI, aUowing the identification of aU sequence variants in the gene.
  • An algorithm consisting of a series of filters was used to distinguish SNPs from other sequence variants. PreUminary filters removed the majority of basecaU e ⁇ ors by requiring a minimum Phred quaUty score of 15, and removed sequence aUgnment errors and e ⁇ ors resulting from improper trimming of vector sequences, chimeras, and spUce variants.
  • Certain SNPs were selected for further characterization by mass spectrometry using the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc.) to analyze aUele frequencies at the SNP sites in four different human populations.
  • the Caucasian population comprised 92 individuals (46 male, 46 female), including 83 from Utah, four French, three deciualan, and two Amish individuals.
  • the African population comprised 194 individuals (97 male, 97 female), all African Americans.
  • the Hispanic population comprised 324 individuals (162 male, 162 female), all Mexican Hispanic.
  • Asian population comprised 126 individuals (64 male, 62 female) with a reported parental breakdown of 43% Chinese, 31% Japanese, 13% Korean, 5% Vietnamese, and 8% other Asian.
  • AUele frequencies were first analyzed in the Caucasian population; in some cases those SNPs which showed no aUeUc variance in this population were not further tested in the other three populations.
  • Hybridization probes derived from SEQ DD NO:23-44 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oUgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. OUgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oUgomer, 250 Ci of [ ⁇ - 32 P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Biosciences), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA).
  • the labeled oUgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Biosciences). An aUquot containing 10 7 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl H, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu D (DuPont NEN). The DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH).
  • Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentiaUy washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visuaUzed using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared.
  • Unkage or synthesis of a ⁇ ay elements upon a microarray can be achieved utilizing photoUthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing; see, e.g., Baldeschweiler et al., supra), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof.
  • the substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and soUd with a non-porous surface (Schena, M., ed. (1999) DNA Microarrays: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, London). Suggested substrates include siUcon, siUca, glass sUdes, glass chips, and siUcon wafers.
  • a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to a ⁇ ange and Unk elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures.
  • a typical array may be produced using available methods and machines well known to those of ordinary skiU in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements (Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; MarshaU, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31).
  • FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oUgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microa ⁇ ay. Fragments or oUgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected us g software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR).
  • the array elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample.
  • the polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection.
  • a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element.
  • laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization.
  • the degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microa ⁇ ay may be assessed.
  • microarray preparation and usage is described in detail below.
  • Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A) + RNA is purified using the oUgo-(dT) ceUulose method.
  • Each poly(A) + RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/ ⁇ l oUgo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/ ⁇ l RNase inhibitor, 500 ⁇ M dATP, 500 ⁇ M dGTP, 500 ⁇ M dTTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP, 40 ⁇ M dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Biosciences).
  • the reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A) + RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte Genomics).
  • Specific control poly(A) + RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeUng) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA.
  • Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) and after combining, both reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol. The sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instruments Inc., Holbrook NY) and resuspended in 14 ⁇ l 5X SSC/0.2% SDS.
  • SpeedVAC SpeedVAC
  • Sequences of the present invention are used to generate array elements.
  • Each array element is ampUfied from bacterial ceUs containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts.
  • PCR ampUfication uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert.
  • Array elements are ampUfied in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 ⁇ g. AmpUfied a ⁇ ay elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Biosciences).
  • Purified a ⁇ ay elements are irnmobiUzed on polymer-coated glass sUdes.
  • Glass microscope sUdes (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distiUed water washes between and after treatments.
  • Glass sUdes are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (VWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distiUed water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol.
  • Coated sUdes are cured in a 110°C oven.
  • Array elements are appUed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S. Patent No. 5,807,522, incorporated herein by reference.
  • 1 ⁇ l of the a ⁇ ay element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/ ⁇ l, is loaded into the open capiUary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of a ⁇ ay element sample per sUde.
  • Microa ⁇ ays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crossUnker (Stratagene). Microarrays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distiUed water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microarrays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60°C foUowed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distiUed water as before.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Hybridization reactions contain 9 ⁇ l of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 ⁇ g each of Cy3 and Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5X SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer.
  • the sample mixture is heated to 65° C for 5 minutes and is aUquoted onto the microarray surface and covered with an 1.8 cm 2 coversUp.
  • the a ⁇ ays are transfe ⁇ ed to a waterproof chamber having a cavity just sUghtly larger than a microscope sUde.
  • the chamber is kept at 100% humidity internally by the addition of 140 ⁇ l of 5X SSC in a corner of the chamber.
  • the chamber containing the arrays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C.
  • the a ⁇ ays are washed for 10 min at 45°C in a first wash buffer (IX SSC, 0.1% SDS), three times for 10 rninutes each at 45° C in a second wash buffer (0. IX SSC), and dried. Detection
  • Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5.
  • the excitation laser Ught is focused on the array using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., MelviUe NY).
  • the sUde containing the array is placed on a computer-controUed X-Y stage on the microscope and raster- scanned past the objective.
  • the 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm a ⁇ ay used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
  • a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy. Emitted Ught is spUt, based on wavelength, into two photomultipUer tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater NJ) co ⁇ esponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the array and the photomultipUer tubes are used to filter the signals.
  • the emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5.
  • Each array is typicaUy scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate filters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously.
  • the sensitivity of the scans is typicaUy caUbrated usmg the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration.
  • a specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, aUowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be co ⁇ elated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000.
  • the caUbration is done by labeUng samples of the caUbrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
  • the output of the photomultipUer tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc., Norwood MA) instaUed in an IBM-compatible PC computer.
  • the digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped usmg a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal).
  • the data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first corrected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore 's emission spectrum.
  • a grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid.
  • the fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value corresponding to the average intensity of the signal.
  • the software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte Genomics).
  • a ⁇ ay elements that exhibit at least about a two-fold change in expression, a signal-to-background ratio of at least about 2.5, and an element spot size of at least about 40%, are considered to be differentiaUy expressed.
  • SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 showed differential expression in breast carcinoma ceU lines versus primary mammary epitheUal ceUs as determined by microarray analysis.
  • the breast carcinoma ceU lines mclude BT20, a breast carcinoma ceU line derived in vitro from ceUs emigrating out of thin sUces of a tumor mass isolated from a 74-year-old female; BT474, a breast ductal carcinoma ceU line isolated from a soUd, invasive ductal carcinoma of the breast from a 60- year-old female; BT483, a breast ductal carcmoma cell line isolated from a papiUary invasive ductal tumor from a 23-year-old normal, menstruating, parous female; HS578T, abreast ductal carcinoma ceU line isolated from a 74-year-old female with breast carcinoma; MCF7, a breast adenocarcinoma ceU line derived from the pleural eff
  • the primary mammary epitheUal ceU line HMEC was derived from normal human mammary tissue (Clonetics, San Diego, CA).
  • the microa ⁇ ay experiments showed that the expression of SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 were decreased by at least two fold in aU six breast carcinoma lines (BT20, BT474, BT483, HS578T, MCF7, and MDA-mb-468) relative to ceUs from the primary mammary epitheUal ceU line, HMEC. Therefore, SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 are useful as diagnostic markers or as potential therapeutic targets for breast cancer.
  • SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 also showed differential .expression in prostate carcinoma ceU lines versus normal prostate epitheUal ceUs as determined by microarray analysis.
  • the prostate carcinoma ceU lines include DU 145, LNCaP, and PC-3.
  • DU 145 was isolated from a metastatic site in the brain of a 69 year old male with widespread metastatic prostate carcinoma.
  • DU 145 has no detectable sensitivity to hormones; forms colonies in semi-soUd medium; is only weakly positive for acid phosphatase; and ceUs are negative for prostate specific antigen (PSA).
  • LNCaP is a prostate carcinoma cell line isolated from a lymph node biopsy of a 50 year old male with metastatic prostate carcmoma.
  • LNCaP expresses PSA, produces prostate acid phosphatase, and expresses androgen receptors.
  • PC-3 a prostate adenocarcinoma cell Une, was isolated from a metastatic site in the bone of a 62 year old male with grade IV prostate adenocarcinoma.
  • the normal epitheUal cell ne, PrEC is a primary prostate epitheUal ceU Une isolated from a normal donor.
  • the microarray experiments showed that the expression of SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 were decreased by at least two fold in aU three prostate carcinoma lines (DU 145, LNCaP, and PC-3) relative to ceUs from the normal prostate epitheUal cell Une, PrEC. Therefore, SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 are useful as diagnostic markers or as potential therapeutic targets for prostate cancer.
  • DCs Dendritic ceUs
  • mDCs Human monocytic dendritic ceUs
  • Antibodies specific for CD40 molecules can induce proUferation of B ceUs when presented with IL-4 or antibodies specific for CD20 molecules.
  • the differentiated mDCs were collected after 13 days from the non-adherent ceUular fraction and activated in the presence of soluble mouse anti-human CD40 antibodies for 2, 8, and 24 hours.
  • the anti-CD40 treated mDCs were compared to untreated mDCs. Therefore, SEQ DD NO:41 is useful in monitoring treatment of, and diagnostic assays for, autoimmune/inflammation disorders.
  • Sequences complementary to the GCREC-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring GCREC.
  • oUgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments.
  • Appropriate oUgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the codmg sequence of GCREC.
  • a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence.
  • a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the GCREC-encoding transcript.
  • cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element.
  • Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3).
  • Antibiotic resistant bacteria express GCREC upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG).
  • GCREC in eukaryotic ceUs is achieved by infecting insect or mammaUan cell Unes with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus.
  • AcMNPV Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encodmg GCREC by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • baculovirus Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases. Infection of the latter requires additional genetic modifications to baculovirus (Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937- 1945).
  • GCREC is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, peimitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude ceU lysates.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • a peptide epitope tag such as FLAG or 6-His
  • FLAG an 8-amino acid peptide
  • 6-His a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified GCREC obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVII, XVDI, and XIX where appUcable. XIV.
  • GCREC function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding GCREC at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammaUan ceU culture systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into a mammaUan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression.
  • Vectors of choice mclude PCMV SPORT plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA) and PCR3.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter.
  • recombinant vector 5-10 ⁇ g of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human ceU Une, for example, an endotheUal or hematopoietic ceU Une, using either Uposome formulations or electroporation.
  • 1-2 ⁇ g of an additional plasmid containing sequences encodmg a marker protein are co-transfected.
  • Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected ceUs and is a reUable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector.
  • Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein.
  • FCM Flow cytometry
  • GCREC The influence of GCREC on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of ceUs transfected with sequences encoding GCREC and either CD64 or CD64-GFP.
  • CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG). Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontransfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY). mRNA can be purified from the ceUs using methods weU known by those of skill in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding GCREC and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques. XV. Production of GCREC Specific Antibodies
  • the GCREC amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to dete ⁇ nine regions of high immunogenicity, and a co ⁇ esponding oUgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skiU in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophiUc regions are weU described in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 11).
  • oUgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431A peptide synthesizer (AppUed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-malein ⁇ dobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity (Ausubel et al, supra). Rabbits are immunized with the oUgopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • ABI 431A peptidesizer AppUed Biosystems
  • KLH Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO
  • MBS N-malein ⁇ dobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-GCREC activity by, for example, binding the peptide or GCREC to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
  • GCREC is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography usmg antibodies specific for GCREC.
  • An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-GCREC antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Biosciences). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • GCREC Media containing GCREC are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that aUow the preferential absorbance of GCREC (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent).
  • the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/GCREC binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaottope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and GCREC is coUected.
  • Molecules which interact with GCREC may include agonists and antagonists, as weU as molecules involved in signal transduction, such as G proteins.
  • GCREC or a fragment thereof, is labeled with 125 I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.)
  • a fragment of GCREC includes, for example, a fragment comprising one or more of the three extraceUular loops, the extraceUular N-terminal region, or the third intraceUular loop.
  • Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-weU plate are incubated with the labeled GCREC, washed, and any weUs with labeled GCREC complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of GCREC are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of GCREC with the candidate Ugand molecules.
  • GCREC may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to determine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large Ubraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101).
  • GCREC agonists or antagonists may be tested for activation or inhibition of GCREC receptor activity using the assays described in sections XVDT and XIX.
  • Candidate molecules may be selected from known GPCR agonists or antagonists, peptide Ubraries, or combinatorial chemical Ubraries.
  • Methods for detecting interactions of GCREC with intraceUular signal transduction molecules such as G proteins are based on the premise that internal segments or cytoplasmic domains from an orphan G protein-coupled seven transmembrane receptor may be exchanged with the analogous domains of a known G protein-coupled seven transmembrane receptor and used to identify the G- proteins and downstream signaling pathways activated by the orphan receptor domains (Kobilka, B.K.
  • domains of the orphan receptor may be cloned as a portion of a fusion protein and used in binding assays to demonstrate interactions with specific G proteins.
  • the third intraceUular loop of G protein-coupled seven transmembrane receptors is important for G protein interaction and signal transduction (Conklin, B.R. et al. (1993) CeU 73:631-641).
  • the DNA fragment corresponding to the third intraceUular loop of GCREC may be ampUfied by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and subcloned into a fusion vector such as pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech).
  • the construct is transformed into an appropriate bacterial host, induced, and the fusion protein is purified from the ceU lysate by glutathione-Sepharose 4B (Pharmacia Biotech) affinity chromatography.
  • glutathione-Sepharose 4B Pharmacia Biotech affinity chromatography.
  • ceU extracts containing G proteins are prepared by extraction with
  • the GST beads are washed five times with phosphate-buffered saline. Bound G protein subunits are detected by [ 32 P]ADP-ribosylation with pertussis or cholera toxins. The reactions are terminated by the addition of SDS sample buffer (4.6% (w/v) SDS, 10% (v/v) ⁇ -mercaptoethanol, 20% (w/v) glycerol, 95.2 mM Tris-HCl, pH 6.8, 0.01% (w/v) bromphenol blue). The [ 32 P]ADP-labeled proteins are separated on 10% SDS-PAGE gels, and autoradiographed.
  • the separated proteins in these gels are transfe ⁇ ed to nitroceUulose paper, blocked with blotto (5% nonfat dried milk, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 2 mM CaCl 2 , 80 mM NaCl, 0.02% NaN 3 , and 0.2% Nonidet P-40) for 1 hour at room temperature, followed by incubation for 1.5 hours with G ⁇ subtype selective antibodies (1:500; Calbiochem-Novabiochem).
  • blotto 5% nonfat dried milk, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 2 mM CaCl 2 , 80 mM NaCl, 0.02% NaN 3 , and 0.2% Nonidet P-40
  • An assay for GCREC activity measures the expression of GCREC on the ceU surface.
  • cDNA encoding GCREC is transfected into an appropriate mammaUan ceU Une.
  • CeU surface proteins are labeled with biotin as described (de la Fuente, M.A. et al. (1997) Blood 90:2398-2405).
  • Immunoprecipitations are performed using GCREC-specific antibodies, and immunoprecipitated samples are analyzed using sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) and immunoblotting techniques. The ratio of labeled immunoprecipitant to unlabeled immunoprecipitant is proportional to the amount of GCREC expressed on the ceU surface.
  • an assay for GCREC activity is based on a prototypical assay for Ugand/receptor-mediated modulation of ceU proUferation.
  • This assay measures the rate of DNA synthesis in Swiss mouse 3T3 ceUs.
  • a plasmid containing polynucleotides encoding GCREC is added to quiescent 3T3 cultured ceUs using transfection methods weU known in the art.
  • the transiently transfected ceUs are then incubated in the presence of [ 3 H]thymidine, a radioactive DNA precursor molecule. Varying amounts of GCREC Ugand are then added to the cultured ceUs.
  • Incorporation of [ 3 H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA is measured over an appropriate time interval using a radioisotope counter, and the amount incorporated is directly proportional to the amount of newly synthesized DNA.
  • a linear dose-response curve over at least a hundred-fold GCREC Ugand concentration range is indicative of receptor activity.
  • One unit of activity per milUUter is defined as the concentration of GCREC producing a 50% response level, where 100% represents maximal incorporation of [ 3 H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA (McKay, I. and I. Leigh, eds. (1993) Growth Factors: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York NY, p.
  • the assay for GCREC activity is based upon the abiUty of GPCR family proteins to modulate G protein-activated second messenger signal transduction pathways (e.g., cAMP; Gaudin, P. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:4990-4996).
  • a plasmid encoding fuU length GCREC is transfected into a mammaUan ceU Une (e.g., Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) or human embryonic kidney (HEK-293) ceU lines) using methods weU-known in the art.
  • Transfected ceUs are grown in 12-weU trays in culture medium for 48 hours, then the culture medium is discarded, and the attached ceUs are gently washed with PBS. The ceUs are then incubated in culture medium with or without Ugand for 30 minutes, then the medium is removed and cells lysed by treatment with 1 M perchloric acid. The cAMP levels in the lysate are measured by radioimmunoassay using methods weU-known in the art. Changes in the levels of cAMP in the lysate from ceUs exposed to Ugand compared to those without Ugand are proportional to the amount of GCREC present in the transfected ceUs.
  • the ceUs are grown in 24-weU plates containing lxlO 5 ceUs/weU and incubated with inositol-free media and [ 3 H]myoinositol, 2 ⁇ Ci/weU, for 48 hr.
  • the culture medium is removed, and the ceUs washed with buffer containing 10 mM LiCl foUowed by addition of Ugand.
  • the reaction is stopped by addition of perchloric acid.
  • Inositol phosphates are extracted and separated on Dowex AG1-X8 (Bio-Rad) anion exchange resin, and the total labeled mositol phosphates counted by Uquid scintillation. Changes in the levels of labeled inositol phosphate from ceUs exposed to Ugand compared to those without Ugand are proportional to the amount of GCREC present in the transfected ceUs.
  • a yeast two-hybrid system can be used to demonstrate binding and formation of a stable complex between a protein and a specific receptor, in which the yeast (e.g., strain yl90 (MATa gal4 gal80 his3 trpl-901 ade2-101 ura3-52 leu2-3,-112 + URA3:: GALJacZ, LYS2:: GAL_HIS3 cyh r ) is grown in yeast extract, peptone, and dextrose (YPD), Synthetic Complete (SC), or drop-out medium (Harper, J.W. et al. (1993) CeU 75:805-816).
  • strain yl90 MATa gal4 gal80 his3 trpl-901 ade2-101 ura3-52 leu2-3,-112 + URA3:: GALJacZ
  • yeast extract peptone
  • SC Synthetic Complete
  • Affinity chromatography can be used to biochemicaUy characterize the interaction and demonstrate Ugand recognition and binding, by mixing purified proteins (GST or GST fusions) with whole-ceU protein (e.g., HEK293 human embryonic kidney ceUs transfected with vector of interest). Bound protein is extracted and fractionated on a 10% SDS- PAGE, and subsequently detected by Western blotting (Tsai, R.Y.L. and R.R. Reed (1997) J. Neurosci. 17:4159-4169).
  • Nerve impulse activity can be assessed directly using a recording pipette, wherem fluoride- sensiUum-lymph Ringer (SLR) is appUed to single sensiUa trichodea (speciaUzed sensory organs).
  • SLR fluoride- sensiUum-lymph Ringer
  • sensiUa trichodea from male moths (Bombyx mori) are accessed via the opened tip of a sensory hair, and then used to measure changes in spontaneous nerve impulse activity.
  • This impulse activity can be recorded directly from receptor ceUs (e.g., bombykol, bombykal ) (Laue, M. et al. (1997) CeU Tissue Res. 288:149-158).
  • CeUs e.g., bombykol, bombykal
  • CeU Tissue Res. 288:149-158 CeU Tissue Res. 288:149-158.
  • HEK Human Embryonic Kidney 293 which have a good history of GPCR expression and which contain a wide range of G-proteins allowing for functional coupUng of the expressed GCREC to downstream effectors.
  • the transformed ceUs are assayed for activation of the expressed receptors in the presence of candidate Ugands.
  • Activity is measured by changes in intraceUular second messengers, such as cycUc AMP or Ca 2+ . These may be measured directly using standard methods weU known in the art, or by the use of reporter gene assays in which a luminescent protein (e.g.
  • firefly luciferase or green fluorescent protein is under the transcriptional control of a promoter responsive to the stimulation of protein kinase C by the activated receptor (MilUgan, G. et al. (1996) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 17:235-237).
  • Assay technologies are available for both of these second messenger systems to aUow high throughput readout in multi-weU plate format, such as the adenylyl cyclase activation FlashPlate Assay (NEN Life Sciences Products), or fluorescent Ca 2+ indicators such as Fluo-4 AM (Molecular Probes) in combination with the FLIPR fluorimetric plate reading system
  • GCREC may be coexpressed with the G-proteins G ⁇ l5 16 which have been demonstrated to couple to a wide range of G-proteins (Offermanns, S. and M.L Simon (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270:15175-15180), in order to funnel the signal transduction of the GCREC through a pathway involving phosphoUpase C and Ca 2+ mobiUzation.
  • G-proteins Offermanns, S. and M.L Simon (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270:15175-15180
  • GCREC may be expressed in engineered yeast systems which lack endogenous GPCRs, thus providing the advantage of a nuU background for GCREC activation screening.
  • yeast systems substitute a human GPCR and G ⁇ protem for the corresponding components of the endogenous yeast pheromone receptor pathway. Downstream signaling pathways are also modified so that the normal yeast response to the signal is converted to positive growth on selective media or to reporter gene expression (Broach, J.R. and J.
  • the receptors are screened against putative Ugands mcludmg known GPCR Ugands and other naturaUy occurring bioactive molecules. Biological extracts from tissues, biological fluids and ceU supernatants are also screened.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

Various embodiments of the invention provide human G-protein coupled receptors (GCREC) and polynucleotides which identify and encode GCREC. Embodiments of the invention also provide expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and antagonists. Other embodiments provide methods for diagnosing, treating, or preventing disorders associated with aberrant expression of GCREC.

Description

G-PROTEIN COUPLED RECEPTORS
TECHNICAL FIELD
This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of G-protein coupled receptors and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of G-protein coupled receptors. The present invention further relates to the use of specific G-protein coupled receptors to identify molecules that are involved in modulating taste or olfactory sensation.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Signal transduction is the general process by which cells respond to extracellular signals. Signal transduction across the plasma membrane begins with the binding of a signal molecule, e.g., a hormone, neurotransmitter, or growth factor, to a cell membrane receptor. The receptor, thus activated, triggers an intracellular biochemical cascade that ends with the activation of an intracellular target molecule, such as a transcription factor. This process of signal transduction regulates all types of cell functions including cell proliferation, differentiation, and gene transcription. The G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs), encoded by one of the largest families of genes yet identified, play a central role in the transduction of extracellular signals across the plasma membrane. GPCRs have a proven history of being successful therapeutic targets.
GPCRs are integral membrane proteins characterized by the presence of seven hydrophobic transmembrane domains which together form a bundle of antiparallel alpha (α) helices. GPCRs range in size from under 400 to over 1000 amino acids (Strosberg, A.D. (1991) Eur. J. Biochem. 196:1-10; Coughlin, S.R. (1994) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 6:191-197). The a-nmo-terrninus of a GPCR is extracellular, is of variable length, and is often glycosylated. The carboxy-terminus is cytoplasmic and generally phosphorylated. Extracellular loops alternate with intracellular loops and link the transmembrane domains. Cysteine disulfide bridges linking the second and third extracellular loops may interact with agonists and antagonists. The most conserved domains of GPCRs are the transmembrane domains and the first two cytoplasmic loops. The transmembrane domains account, in part, for structural and functional features of the receptor. In most cases, the bundle of α helices forms a ligand-binding pocket. The extracellular N-terminal segment, or one or more of the three extracellular loops, may also participate in ligand binding. Ligand binding activates the receptor by inducing a conformational change in intracellular portions of the receptor. In turn, the large, third intracellular loop of the activated receptor interacts with a heterotrimeric guanine nucleotide binding (G) protein complex which mediates further intracellular signaling activities, including the activation of second messengers such as cyclic AMP (cAMP), phospholipase C, and inositol triphosphate, and the interaction of the activated GPCR with ion channel proteins. (See, e.g., Watson, S. and S. Arkinstall (1994) The G-protein Linked Receptor Facts Book, Academic Press, San Diego CA, pp. 2-6; Bolander, F.F. (1994) Molecular Endocrinology, Academic Press, San Diego CA, pp. 162-176; Baldwin, J.M. (1994) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 6:180-190.)
GPCRs include receptors for sensory signal mediators (e.g., light and olfactory stimulatory molecules); adenosine, γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA), hepatocyte growth factor, melanocortins, neuropeptide Y, opioid peptides, opsins, somatostatin, tachykinins, vasoactive intestinal polypeptide family, and vasopressin; biogenic amines (e.g., dopamine, epmephrine and norepinephrine, stamine, glutamate (metabotropic effect), acetylcholine (muscarinic effect), and serotonin); chemokines; lipid mediators of inflammation (e.g., prostaglandins and prostanoids, platelet activating factor, and leukotrienes); and peptide hormones (e.g., bombesin, bradykinin, calcitonin, C5a anaphylatoxin, endofhelin, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), gonadotropic-releasing hormone (GnRH), neurokinin, thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH), and oxytocin). GPCRs which act as receptors for stimuli that have yet to be identified are known as orphan receptors.
The diversity of the GPCR family is further increased by alternative splicing. Many GPCR genes contain introns, and there are currently over 30 such receptors for which splice variants have been identified. The largest number of variations are at the protein C-terminus. N-teiminal and cytoplasmic loop variants are also frequent, while variants in the extracellular loops or transmembrane domains are less common. Some receptors have more than one site at which variance can occur. The splice variants appear to be functionally distinct, based upon observed differences in distribution, signaling, coupling, regulation, and ligand binding profiles (Kilpatrick, G.J. et al. (1999) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 20:294-301).
GPCRs can be divided into three major subfamilies: the rhodopsin-like, secretin-Jike, and metabotropic glutamate receptor subfamilies. Members of these GPCR subfamilies share similar functions and the characteristic seven transmembrane structure, but have divergent amino acid sequences. The largest family consists of the rhodopsin-like GPCRs, which transmit diverse extracellular signals including hormones, neurotransmitters, and light. Rhodopsin is a photosensitive GPCR found in animal retinas. In vertebrates, rhodopsin molecules are embedded in membranous stacks found in photoreceptor (rod) cells. Each rhodopsin molecule responds to a photon of light by triggering a decrease in cGMP levels which leads to the closure of plasma membrane sodium channels. In this manner, a visual signal is converted to a neural impulse. Other rhodopsin-like GPCRs are directly involved in responding to neurotransmitters. These GPCRs include the receptors for adrenaline (adrenergic receptors), acetylcholine (muscarinic receptors), adenosine, galanin, and glutamate (N-me yl-D-aspartate NMDA receptors). (Reviewed in Watson, S. and S. Arkinstall
(1994) The G-Protein Linked Receptor Facts Book, Academic Press, San Diego CA, pp. 7-9, 19-22, 32-35, 130-131, 214-216, 221-222; Habert-Ortoli, E. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:9780- 9783.)
The galanin receptors mediate the activity of the neuroendocrine peptide galanin, which inhibits secretion of insulin, acetylcholine, serotonin and noradrenaline, and stimulates prolactin and growth hormone release. Galanin receptors are involved in feeding disorders, pain, depression, and Alzheimer's disease (Kask, K. et al. (1997) Life Sci. 60:1523-1533). Other nervous system rhodopsin-like GPCRs include a growing family of receptors for lysophosphatidic acid and other lysophospholipids, which appear to have roles in development and neuropathology (Chun, J. et al. (1999) Cell Biochem. Biophys. 30:213-242).
The largest subfamily of GPCRs, the olfactory receptors, are also members of the rhodopsin- like GPCR family. These receptors function by transducing odorant signals. Numerous distinct olfactory receptors are required to distinguish different odors. Each olfactory sensory neuron expresses only one type of olfactory receptor, and distinct spatial zones of neurons expressing distinct receptors are found in nasal passages. For example, the RAlc receptor, which was isolated from a rat brain library, has been shown to be limited in expression to very distinct regions of the brain and a defined zone of the olfactory epithelium (Raming, K. et al. (1998) Receptors Channels 6:141-151). However, the expression of olfactory-like receptors is not confined to olfactory tissues. For example, three rat genes encoding olfactory-like receptors having typical GPCR characteristics showed expression patterns not only in taste and olfactory tissue, but also in male reproductive tissue (Thomas, M.B. et al. (1996) Gene 178:1-5).
Members of the secretin-like GPCR subfamily have as their ligands peptide hormones such as secretin, calcitonin, glucagon, growth hormone-releasing hormone, parathyroid hormone, and vasoactive intestinal peptide. For example, the secretin receptor responds to secretin, a peptide hormone that stimulates the secretion of enzymes and ions in the pancreas and small intestine
(Watson, supra, pp. 278-283). Secretin receptors are about 450 amino acids in length and are found in the plasma membrane of gastrointestinal cells. Binding of secretin to its receptor stimulates the production of cAMP. Examples of secretin-like GPCRs implicated in inflammation and the immune response include the EGF module-containing, mucin-like hormone receptor (Emrl) and CD97 receptor proteins. These GPCRs are members of the recently characterized EGF-TM7 receptors subfamily. These seven transmembrane hormone receptors exist as heterodimers in vivo and contain between three and seven potential calcium-binding EGF-like motifs. CD97 is predominantly expressed in leukocytes and is markedly upregulated on activated B and T cells (McKnight, A.J. and S. Gordon (1998) J. Leukoc. Biol. 63:271-280).
The third GPCR subfamily is the metabotropic glutamate receptor family. Glutamate is the major excitatory neurotransmitter in the central nervous system. The metabotropic glutamate receptors modulate the activity of intracellular effectors, and are involved in long-term potentiation (Watson, supra, p.130). The Ca2+-sensing receptor, which senses changes in the extracellular concentration of calcium ions, has a large extracellular domain including clusters of acidic amino acids which may be involved in calcium binding. The metabotropic glutamate receptor family also includes pheromone receptors, the GABAB receptors, and the taste receptors. Other subfamilies of GPCRs include two groups of chemoreceptor genes found in the nematodes Caenorhabditis elegans and Caenorhabditis briggsae, which are distantly related to the mammalian olfactory receptor genes. The yeast pheromone receptors STE2 and STE3, involved in the response to mating factors on the cell membrane, have their own seven-transmembrane signature, as do the cAMP receptors from the slime mold Dictyostelium discoideum, which are thought to regulate the aggregation of individual cells and control the expression of numerous developmentally- regulated genes.
GPCR mutations, which may cause loss of function or constitutive activation, have been associated with numerous human diseases (Coughlin, supra). For instance, retinitis pigmentosa may arise from mutations in the rhodopsin gene. Furthermore, somatic activating mutations in the thyrotropin receptor have been reported to cause hyperfunctioning thyroid adenomas, suggesting that certain GPCRs susceptible to constitutive activation may behave as protooncogenes (Parma, J. et al. (1993) Nature 365:649-651). GPCR receptors for the following ligands also contain mutations associated with human disease: luteinizing hormone (precocious puberty); vasopressin V2 (X-linked nephrogenic diabetes); glucagon (diabetes and hypertension); calcium (hyperparathyroidism, hypocalcuria, hypercalcemia); parathyroid hormone (short limbed dwarfism); β3-adrenoceptor
(obesity, non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus); growth hormone releasing hormone (dwarfism); and adrenocorticotropin (glucocorticoid deficiency) (Wilson, S. et al. (1998) Br. J. Pharmocol. 125:1387- 1392; Stadel, J.M. et al. (1997) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 18:430-437). GPCRs are also involved in depression, schizophrenia, sleeplessness, hypertension, anxiety, stress, renal failure, and several cardiovascular disorders (Horn, F. and G. Vriend (1998) J. Mol. Med. 76:464-468).
In addition, within the past 20 years several hundred new drugs have been recognized that are directed towards activating or inhibiting GPCRs. The therapeutic targets of these drugs span a wide range of diseases and disorders, including cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and central nervous system disorders as well as cancer, osteoporosis and endometriosis (Wilson et al., supra; Stadel et al, supra). For example, the dopamine agonist L-dopa is used to treat Parkinson's disease, while a dopamine antagonist is used to treat schizophrenia and the early stages of Huntington's disease. Agonists and antagonists of adrenoceptors have been used for the treatment of asthma, high blood pressure, other cardiovascular disorders, and anxiety; muscarinic agonists are used in the treatment of glaucoma and tachycardia; serotonin 5HT1D antagonists are used against migraine; and Mstamine HI antagonists are used against allergic and anaphylactic reactions, hay fever, itching, and motion sickness (Horn et al., supra).
Recent research suggests potential future therapeutic uses for GPCRs in the treatment of metabolic disorders including diabetes, obesity, and osteoporosis. For example, mutant V2 vasopressin receptors causing nephrogenic diabetes could be functionally rescued in vitro by co-expression of a C-terminal V2 receptor peptide spanning the region containing the mutations. This result suggests a possible novel strategy for disease treatment (Schδneberg, T. et al. (1996) EMBO J. 15:1283-1291). Mutations in melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4R) are implicated in human weight regulation and obesity. As with the vasopressin V2 receptor mutants, these MC4R mutants are defective in trafficking to the plasma membrane (Ho, G. and R.G. MacKenzie (1999) J. Biol. Chem. 274:35816-35822), and thus might be treated with a similar strategy. The type 1 receptor for parathyroid hormone (PTH) is a GPCR that mediates the PTH-dependent regulation of calcium homeostasis in the bloodstream. Study of PTH/receptor interactions may enable the development of novel PTH receptor ligands for the treatment of osteoporosis (Mannstadt, M. et al. (1999) Am. J. Physiol. 277:F665-F675).
The chemokine receptor group of GPCRs have potential therapeutic utility in inflammation and infectious disease. (For review, see Locati, M. and P.M. Murphy (1999) Annu. Rev. Med. 50:425- 440.) Chemokines are small polypeptides that act as intracellular signals in the regulation of leukocyte trafficking, hematopoiesis, and angiogenesis. Targeted disruption of various chemokine receptors in mice indicates that these receptors play roles in pathologic inflammation and in autoimmune disorders such as multiple sclerosis. Chemokine receptors are also exploited by infectious agents, including herpesviruses and the human immunodeficiency virus (HJN-1) to facilitate infection. A truncated version of chemokine receptor CCR5, which acts as a coreceptor for infection of T-cells by HJN-l, results in resistance to AIDS, suggesting that CCR5 antagonists could be useful in preventing the development of AIDS.
The involvement of some GPCRs in taste and olfactory sensation has been reported. Complete or partial sequences of numerous human and other eukaryotic sensory receptors are currently known. (See, e.g., Pilpel, Y. and D. Lancet (1999) Protein Sci. 8:969-977; Mombaerts, P. (1999) Annu. Rev. Neurosci. 22:487-509. See also, e.g., patents EP 867508A2; US 5,874,243; WO 92/17585; WO 95/18140; WO 97/17444; and WO 99/67282.) It has been reported that the human genome contains approximately one thousand genes that encode a diverse repertoire of olfactory receptors (Rouquier, S. et al. (1998) Nat. Genet. 18:243-250; Trask, B.J. et al. (1998) Hum. Mol. Genet. 7:2007-2020).
Anatomy and Physiology of the Olfactory Bulb
The olfactory bulb is an oval anterior outgrowth of brain tissue from the base of the brain ending in a bulbous enlargement which lies over the cribriform plate separating the brain cavity from the upper reaches of the nasal cavity. Its under surface receives the olfactory nerves which pass upward through the cribriform plate from the olfactory region of the nose. The receptor cells for the smell sensation, or olfactory cells, are actually bipolar nerve cells which lie in the olfactory membrane of the nose and connect with globular structures in the olfactory bulb called glomeruli. Each glomerulus is the teπriinus for about 25,000 axons from olfactory cells, for dendrites from about 25 large mitral cells, and for about 60 smaller tufted cells that send axons through the olfactory tract into the central nervous system. Research suggests that different glomeruli respond to different odors.
Many nerve fibers originating in the olfactory portions of the brain pass backward in the olfactory tract to the olfactory bulb, terminating on a large number of small granule cells located in the center of the bulb. These send short inhibitory dendrites to the mitral and tufted cells. This inhibitory feedback appears to aid in distmg shing one odor from another. The mitral and tufted cells are continually active, providing a background activity on which is superimposed impulse traffic caused by different odors. Thus, olfactory stimuli modulate the frequency of impulses in the olfactory system leading to transmittal of olfactory information.
The olfactory tract enters the brain at the junction between the mesencephalon and cerebrum. There the tract divides between two pathways, one to the medial olfactory area, where septal nuclei feed into the hypothalamus and other portions of the limbic system. The other pathway leads to the lateral olfactory area, composed mainly of the prepyriform and pyriform cortex and the cortical portion of the amygdaloid nuclei, where signals pass into the limbic system, especially into the hippocampus. A third observed olfactory pathway passes through the thalamus, into the dorsomedial thalamic nucleus and then to the lateroposterior quadrant of the orbitofrontal cortex. Thus, there appears to be an olfactory system that subserves the basic olfactory reflexes, a second that provides automatic but learned control of food intake and aversion to foods, and a third that is comparable to most of the other cortical sensory systems and is used for conscious perception of olfaction. Some odorants are G-protein coupled receptors, possessing a characteristic seven transmembrane structure. The N-teιτninus of these seven transmembrane G-protein coupled receptors is extracellular, and is often glycosylated, while the C-teπninus is cytoplasmic and is often phosphorylated. Three extracellular loops alternate with three intracellular loops, together forming the seven transmembrane, hydrophobic regions. Sensory transduction in chemoreceptors occurs when odorants activate receptor molecules in olfactory cells, triggering an enzymatic cascade mediated by the G-protein GOLF (G-protein olf). This is similar to the mechanism for sensory transduction in photoreceptors, in which activation by rhodopsin via light triggers an enzymatic cascade mediated by the G-protein transducin (Keio J. (2001) J. Med. 50:13-19). Anatomy and the Physiology of the Taste System In mammals, there are five primary tastes: salty, sour, bitter, sweet, and umami (the taste of monosodium glutamate). These tastes are believed to be mediated by distinct cell surface receptors on taste receptor cells (TRCs) clustered in taste buds. TRCs are specialized neuroepithelial cells, electrically excitable, and form synapses with afferent gustatory nerve fibers. Taste buds are focal collections of approximately 100 TRCs, clustered within onion-shaped structures. The taste buds of the tongue are found within three types of papillae: fungiform, foliate and vallate, found, respectively, at the front, sides and rear of the tongue. Taste buds are also found in the soft palate, uvula, epiglottis, pharnyx, larnyx, and esophagus.
Taste transduction begins when sapid molecules interact with the receptors and ion channels in the apical microvilli of TRCs that are exposed to the oral cavity. This interaction leads to a change in the membrane conductance, depolarization, and transmitter release onto gustatory afferent neurons. Taste stimuli vary widely in chemical structure, ranging in size from ions to complex carbohydrates and proteins. Thus, a diversity of mechanisms are required for taste transduction. Ionic stimuli, such as salts and acids (for salty and sour tastes), interact directly with ion channels to depolarize TRCs. Complex stimuli, such as carbohydrates, alkaloids, and proteins (for sweet, bitter, and umami tastes) activate G-protein coupled receptors (GCRECs) which regulate second-messenger cascades. For example, T1R3, a member of the T1R family of GCRECs is presumed to function as a sweet taste receptor in humans; hT2R4, a member of the T2R/TRB family of GCRECs have been shown to respond to bitter compounds (Gilbertson, T.A. (2000) Curr. Opinion in Neurobiology 10:519-527). Expression Information
Breast cancer is the most frequently diagnosed type of cancer in American women and the second most frequent cause of cancer death. The lifetime risk of an American woman developing breast cancer is 1 in 8, and one-third of women diagnosed with breast cancer die of the disease. A number of risk factors have been identified, including hormonal and genetic factors. One genetic defect associated with breast cancer results in a loss of heterozygosity (LOH) at multiple loci such as p53, Rb, BRCA1, and BRCA2. Another genetic defect is gene amplification involving genes such as c-myc and c-erbB2 (Her2-neu gene). Steroid and growth factor pathways are also altered in breast cancer, notably the estrogen, progesterone, and epidermal growth factor (EGF) pathways. Breast cancer evolves through a multi-step process whereby premalignant mammary epithelial cells undergo a relatively defined sequence of events leading to tumor formation. An early event in tumor development is ductal hyperplasia. Cells undergoing rapid neoplastic growth gradually progress to invasive carcinoma and become metastatic to the lung, bone, and potentially other organs. Variables that may influence the process of tumor progression and malignant transformation include genetic factors, environmental factors, growth factors, and hormones.
Prostate cancer develops through a multistage progression ultimately resulting in an aggressive tumor phenotype. The initial step in tumor progression involves the hyperproliferation of normal luminal and/or basal epithelial cells. Androgen responsive cells become hyperplastic and evolve into early-stage tumors. Although early-stage tumors are often androgen sensitive and respond to androgen ablation, a population of androgen independent cells evolve from the hyperplastic population. These cells represent a more advanced form of prostate tumor that may become invasive and potentially become metastatic to the bone, brain, or lung. A variety of genes may be differentially expressed during tumor progression. For example, loss of heterozygosity (LOH) is frequently observed on chromosome 8p in prostate cancer. Ruorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) revealed a deletion for at least 1 locus on 8p in 29 (69%) tumors, with a significantly higher frequency of the deletion on 8p21.2-p21.1 in advanced prostate cancer than in localized prostate cancer, implying that deletions on 8p22-p21.3 play an important role in tumor differentiation, while 8p21.2-p21.1 deletion plays a role in progression of prostate cancer (Oba, K. et al. (2001) Cancer Genet. Cytogenet. 124: 20-26). Dendritic cells (DCs) are antigen presenting cells that play a crucial role in the initiation of the immune response. DCs can be derived in vitro either from CD34+ bone marrow precursors (IDCs) or from peripheral blood monocytic cells (mDCs). In vivo, DCs reside in two distinct compartments: the peripheral tissues such as lung, skin, kidney, heart, and intestine; and in secondary lymphoid organs such as lymph node, spleen, and Peyer's patches. In the periphery, DCs are efficient antigen processing cells but are limited in their capacity to activate naive T cells. Upon activation (injury, inflammation, infection), DCs enter their final stage of maturation during which they downregulate the capacity to process new antigens, migrate out of the periphery into the secondary lymphoid organs, and acquire an extremely potent capacity to activate naive T cells. Although it has been shown that several factors, such as cross-linking the CD40 surface molecules or the presence of TNF-α , can induce this final stage of maturation, little is known about the molecular events that take place during this process.
CD40 is a type I integral membrane glycoprotein belonging to the TNF-receptor family. It is expressed on all mature B lymphocytes, dendritic cells, and some epithelial cells. Antibodies specific for CD40 molecules can induce proliferation of B cells when presented with interleukin-4 (IL-4) or antibodies specific for CD20 molecules. Also, stimulation of B cells with anti-CD40 antibodies and IL-4 can induce the switch of immunoglobulin production to the IgE isotype.
There is a need in the art for new compositions, including nucleic acids and proteins, for the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/hiflaπimatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Various embodiments of the invention provide purified polypeptides, G-protein coupled receptors, referred to collectively as 'GCREC and individually as 'GCREC-1,' 'GCREC-2,' 'GCREC-3,' 'GCREC-4,' 'GCREC-5,' 'GCREC-6,' 'GCREC-7,' 'GCREC-8,' 'GCREC-9,' 'GCREC-10,' 'GCREC-11,' 'GCREC-12,' 'GCREC-13,' 'GCREC-14,' 'GCREC-15,' 'GCREC-16,' 'GCREC-17,' 'GCREC-18,' 'GCREC-19,' 'GCREC-20,' 'GCREC-21,' and 'GCREC-22' and methods for using these proteins and their encoding polynucleotides for the detection, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases and medical conditions. Embodiments also provide methods for utilizing the purified G-protein coupled receptors and/or their encoding polynucleotides for facilitating the drug discovery process, including determination of efficacy, dosage, toxicity, and pharmacology. Related embodiments provide methods for utilizing the purified G-protein coupled receptors and/or their encoding polynucleotides for investigating the pathogenesis of diseases and medical conditions. The invention additionally provides G-protein coupled receptors that are involved in olfactory and/or taste sensation. The invention further provides polynucleotide sequences that encode said G- protein coupled receptors.
An embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. Another embodiment provides an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
Still another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. In an alternative embodiment, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44.
Still another embodiment provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22. Another embodiment provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide. Yet another embodiment provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide.
Another embodiment provides a method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:l-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. The method comprises a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
Yet another embodiment provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
Still yet another embodiment provides an isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). In other embodiments, the polynucleotide can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
Yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex. In a related embodiment, the method can include detecting the amount of the hybridization complex. In still other embodiments, the probe can comprise at least about 20, 30, 40, 60, 80, or 100 contiguous nucleotides.
Still yet another embodiment provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, c) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d). The method comprises a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof. In a related embodiment, the method can include detecting the amount of the amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof.
Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In one embodiment, the composition can comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. Other embodiments provide a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased or abnormal expression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample. Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample. Another embodiment provides a composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Yet another embodiment provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition.
Another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide. Yet another embodiment provides a method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. The method comprises a) combining the polypeptide with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide.
The invention further provides methods of using G-protein coupled receptors of the invention involved in olfactory and/or taste sensation, biologically active fragments thereof (including those having receptor activity), and amino acid sequences having at least 90% sequence identity therewith, to identify compounds that agonize or antagonize the foregoing receptor polypeptides. These compounds are useful for modulating, blocking and/or mimicking specific tastes and/or odors. The present invention also relates to the use of olfactory and/or taste receptors of the invention, biologically active fragments thereof (including those having receptor activity), and polypeptides having at least 90% sequence identity therewith, in combination with one or more other olfactory and/or taste receptor polypeptides, to identify a compound or plurality of compounds that modulate, mimic, and/or block a specific olfactory and/or taste sensation.
The invention also relates to cells that express an olfactory or taste receptor polypeptide of the invention, a biologically active fragment thereof (including those having receptor activity), or a polypeptide having at least 90% sequence identity therewith, and the use of such cells in cell-based screens to identify molecules that modulate, mimic, and/or block specific olfactory or taste sensations. Still further, the invention relates to a cell that co-expresses at least one olfactory or taste G- protein coupled receptor polypeptide of the invention, and a G-protein, and optionally one or more other olfactory and/or taste G-protein coupled receptor polypeptides, and the use of such a cell in screens to identify molecules that modulate, mimic, and/or block specific olfactory and/or taste sensations. Still yet another embodiment provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound.
Another embodiment provides a method for assessing toxicity of a test compound, said method comprising a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound; b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ϋi) a polynucleotide having a sequence complementary to i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Hybridization occurs under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ii) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical or at least about 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, ϋi) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of i), iv) a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide of ii), and v) an RNA equivalent of i)-iv). Alternatively, the target polynucleotide can comprise a fragment of a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of i)-v) above; c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex; and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TABLES Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for full length polynucleotide and polypeptide embodiments of the invention.
Table 2 shows the GenBank identification number and annotation of the nearest GenBank homolog, and the PROTEOME database identification numbers and annotations of PROTEOME database homologs, for polypeptide embodiments of the invention. The probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s) are also shown.
Table 3 shows structural features of polypeptide embodiments, including predicted motifs and domains, along with the methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of the polypeptides.
Table 4 lists the cDNA and/or genomic DNA fragments which were used to assemble polynucleotide embodiments, along with selected fragments of the polynucleotides.
Table 5 shows representative cDNA libraries for polynucleotide embodiments.
Table 6 provides an appendix which describes the tissues and vectors used for construction of the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5.
Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze polynucleotides and polypeptides, along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Before the present proteins, nucleic acids, and methods are described, it is understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited to the particular machines, instruments, materials, and methods described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to "a host cell" includes a plurality of such host cells, and a reference to "an antibody" is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any machines, materials, and methods similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, the preferred machines, materials and methods are now described. All publications mentioned herein are cited for the purpose of describing and disclosing the cell lines, protocols, reagents and vectors which are reported in the publications and which might be used in connection with various embodiments of the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. DEFINITIONS
"GCREC" refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified GCREC obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant. The term "agonist" refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of GCREC. Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of GCREC either by directly interacting with GCREC or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which GCREC participates. An "allelic variant" is an alternative form of the gene encoding GCREC. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions ofnucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
"Altered" nucleic acid sequences encoding GCREC include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as GCREC or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of GCREC. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide encoding GCREC. The encoded protein may also be "altered," and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent GCREC. Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of one or more similarities in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of GCREC is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
The terms "amino acid" and "amino acid sequence" can refer to an oligopeptide, a peptide, a polypeptide, or a protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where "amino acid sequence" is recited to refer to a sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, "amino acid sequence" and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
"Amplification" relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid. Amplification may be carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies or other nucleic acid amplification technologies well known in the art.
The term "antagonist" refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of GCREC. Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, anticalins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of
GCREC either by directly interacting with GCREC or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which GCREC participates.
The term "antibody" refers to intact irnmunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant. Antibodies that bind GCREC polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen. The polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal (e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit) can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemically, and can be conjugated to a carrier protein if desired.
Commonly used carriers that are chemically coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
The term "antigenic deteπninant" refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody. When a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to antigenic determmants (particular regions or three-dimensional structures on the protein). An antigenic deteπninant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
The term "aptamer" refers to a nucleic acid or oligonucleotide molecule that binds to a specific molecular target. Aptamers are derived from an in vitro evolutionary process (e.g., SELEX (Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment), described in U.S. Patent No.
5,270,163), which selects for target-specific aptamer sequences from large combinatorial libraries.
Aptamer compositions may be double-stranded or single-stranded, and may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, nucleotide derivatives, or other nucleotide-like molecules. The nucleotide components of an aptamer may have modified sugar groups (e.g., the 2'-OH group of a ribonucleotide may be replaced by 2'-F or 2'-NH2), which may improve a desired property, e.g., resistance to nucleases or longer lifetime in blood. Aptamers may be conjugated to other molecules, e.g., a high molecular weight carrier to slow clearance of the aptamer from the circulatory system.
Aptamers may be specifically cross-linked to their cognate ligands, e.g., by photo-activation of a cross-linker (Brody, E.N. and L. Gold (2000) J. Biotechnol. 74:5-13).
The term "intramer" refers to an aptamer which is expressed in vivo. For example, a vaccinia virus-based RNA expression system has been used to express specific RNA aptamers at high levels in the cytoplasm of leukocytes (Blind, M. et al. (1999) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:3606-3610).
The term "spiegelmer" refers to an aptamer which includes L-DNA, L-RNA, or other left- handed nucleotide derivatives or nucleotide-like molecules. Aptamers containing left-handed nucleotides are resistant to degradation by naturally occurring enzymes, which normally act on substrates containing right-handed nucleotides. The term "antisense" refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense"
(coding) strand of a polynucleotide having a specific nucleic acid sequence. Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2,-methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5-methyl cytosine, 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'- deoxyguanosine. Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation. The designation "negative" or "minus" can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation "positive" or "plus" can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
The term "biologically active" refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule. Likewise, "immunologically active" or "immunogenic" refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic GCREC, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
"Complementary" describes the relationship between two single-stranded nucleic acid sequences that anneal by base-pairing. For example, 5'-AGT-3' pairs with its complement, 3'-TCA-5'.
A "composition comprising a given polynucleotide" and a "composition comprising a given polypeptide" can refer to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or polypeptide. The composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution. Compositions comprising polynucleotides encoding GCREC or fragments of GCREC may be employed as hybridization probes. The probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate. In hybridizations, the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardt's solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
"Consensus sequence" refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been subjected to repeated DNA sequence analysis to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City CA) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from one or more overlapping cDNA, EST, or genomic DNA fragments using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GELVEEW fragment assembly system (Accelrys, Burlington MA) or Phrap (University of Washington, Seattle WA). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" are those substitutions that are predicted to least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions. The table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions. Original Residue Conservative Substitution
Ala Gly, Ser
Arg His, Lys
Asn Asp, Gin, His Asp Asn, Glu
Cys Ala, Ser
Gin Asn, Glu, His
Glu Asp, Gin, His
Gly Ala His Asn, Arg, Gin, Glu
De Leu, Val
Leu He, Val
Lys Arg, Gin, Glu
Met Leu, lie Phe His, Met, Leu, Trp, Tyr
Ser Cys, Thr
Thr Ser, Val
Trp Phe, Tyr
Tyr His, Phe, Trp Val lie, Leu, Thr
Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain. A "deletion" refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
The term "derivative" refers to a chemically modified polynucleotide or polypeptide. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group. A derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule. A derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
A "detectable label" refers to a reporter molecule or enzyme that is capable of generating a measurable signal and is covalently or noncovalently joined to a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
"Differential expression" refers to increased or upregulated; or decreased, downregulated, or absent gene or protein expression, deteπnined by comparing at least two different samples. Such comparisons may be carried out between, for example, a treated and an untreated sample, or a diseased and a normal sample. "Exon shuffling" refers to the recombination of different coding regions (exons). Since an exon may represent a structural or functional domain of the encoded protein, new proteins may be assembled through the novel reassortment of stable substructures, thus allowing acceleration of the evolution of new protein functions.
A "fragment" is a unique portion of GCREC or a polynucleotide encoding GCREC which can be identical in sequence to, but shorter in length than, the parent sequence. A fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue. For example, a fragment may comprise from about 5 to about 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues. A fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes, maybe at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule. For example, a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50%) of a polypeptide as shown in a certain defined sequence. Clearly these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
A fragment of SEQ ID NO:23-44 can comprise a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:23-44, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the genome from which the fragment was obtained. A fragment of SEQ ED NO:23-44 can be employed in one or more embodiments of methods of the invention, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ ID NO:23-44 from related polynucleotides. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ DD NO:23-44 and the region of SEQ DD NO:23-44 to which the fragment coπesponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
A fragment of SEQ DD NO:l-22 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ DD NO:23-44. A fragment of SEQ DD NO: 1-22 can comprise a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ DD NO:l-22. For example, a fragment of SEQ DD NO:l-22 can be used as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ DD NO: 1-22. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ DD NO:l-22 and the region of SEQ DD NO:l-22 to which the fragment corresponds can be determined based on the intended purpose for the fragment using one or more analytical methods described herein or otherwise known in the art.
A "full length" polynucleotide is one containing at least a translation initiation codon (e.g., methionine) followed by an open reading frame and a translation termination codon. A "full length" polynucleotide sequence encodes a "full length" polypeptide sequence.
"Homology" refers to sequence similarity or, alternatively, sequence identity, between two or more polynucleotide sequences or two or more polypeptide sequences.
The terms "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of identical residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using one or more computer algorithms or programs known in the art or described herein. For example, percent identity can be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program. This program is part of the LASERGENE software package, a suite of molecular biological analysis programs (DNASTAR, Madison WI). CLUSTAL V is described in Higgins, D.G. and P.M. Sharp (1989; CABIOS 5:151- 153) and in Higgins, D.G. et al. (1992; CABIOS 8:189-191). For pairwise alignments of polynucleotide sequences, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=2, gap penalty=5, window=4, and "diagonals saved"=4. The "weighted" residue weight table is selected as the default.
Alternatively, a suite of commonly used and freely available sequence comparison algorithms which can be used is provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) Basic Local AUgnment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul, S.F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410), which is available from several sources, including the NCBI, Bethesda, MD, and on the Internet at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/. The BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn," that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases. Also available is a tool called "BLAST 2 Sequences" that is used for direct pairwise comparison of two nucleotide sequences. "BLAST 2 Sequences" can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.nlm.n .gov/gorf/bl2.html. The "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
Matrix: BLOSUM62
Reward for match: 1
Penalty for mismatch: -2 Open Gap: 5 and Extension Gap: 2 penalties
Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10
Word Size: 11
Filter: on Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ DD number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70, at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
The phrases "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of identical residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generaUy preserve the charge and hydrophobicity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide. The phrases "percent similarity'' and "% similarity," as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches, including identical residue matches and conservative substitutions, between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. In contrast, conservative substitutions are not included in the calculation of percent identity between polypeptide sequences. Percent identity between polypeptide sequences may be deteπnined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEG ALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program (described and referenced above). For pairwise alignments of polypeptide sequences using CLUSTAL V, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=l, gap penalty=3, window=5, and "diagonals saved"=5. The PAM250 matrix is selected as the default residue weight table.
Alternatively the NCBI BLAST software suite may be used. For example, for a pairwise comparison of two polypeptide sequences, one may use the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.12 (April-21-2000) with blastp set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62
Open Gap: 11 and Extension Gap: 1 penalties Gap x drop-off: 50 Expect: 10 Word Size: 3 Filter: on
Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ DD number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured. "Human artificial chromosomes" (HACs) are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size and which contain all of the elements required for chromosome replication, segregation and maintenance.
The term "humanized antibody" refers to an antibody molecule in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
"Hybridization" refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of complementarity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched. Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68°C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1% (w/v) SDS, and about 100 μg/ml sheared, denatured salmon sperm DNA.
Generally, stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out. Such wash temperatures are typically selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are well known and can be found in Sambrook, J. and D.W. Russell (2001; Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor NY, ch. 9).
High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65 °C, 60°C, 55 °C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%. Typically, blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 μg/ml. Organic solvent, such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for RNA:DNA hybridizations. Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
The term "hybridization complex" refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acids by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or R0t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid present in solution and another nucleic acid immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
The words "insertion" and "addition" refer to changes in an amino acid or polynucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
"Immune response" can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
An "immunogenic fragment" is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of GCREC which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal. The term "immunogenic fragment" also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of GCREC which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
The term "microaπay" refers to an aπangement of a plurality of polynucleotides, polypeptides, antibodies, or other chemical compounds on a substrate. The terms "element" and "array element" refer to a polynucleotide, polypeptide, antibody, or other chemical compound having a unique and defined position on a microarray.
The term "modulate" refers to a change in the activity of GCREC. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of GCREC. The phrases "nucleic acid" and "nucleic acid sequence" refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
"Operably linked" refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with a second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence. Operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
"Peptide nucleic acid" (PNA) refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
"Post-translational modification" of an GCREC may involve lipidation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, acetylation, racemization, proteolytic cleavage, and other modifications known in the art. These processes may occur synthetically or biochemically. Biochemical modifications will vary by cell type depending on the enzymatic milieu of GCREC.
"Probe" refers to nucleic acids encoding GCREC, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acids. Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes. "Primers" are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used. Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in, for example, Sambrook,
J. and D.W. Russell (2001; Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor NY), Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1999; Short Protocols in Molecular Biology. 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York NY), and Innis, M. et al. (1990; PCR Protocols, A Guide to Methods and Applications, Academic Press, San Diego CA). PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA). Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome-wide scope. The Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) allows the user to input a "r spriming library," in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microaπays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.) The PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments. The oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
A "recombinant nucleic acid" is a nucleic acid that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook and Russell (supra). The term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid. Frequently, a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
Alternatively, such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
A "regulatory element" refers to a nucleic acid sequence usually derived from untranslated regions of a gene and includes enhancers, promoters, introns, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions (UTRs). Regulatory elements interact with host or viral proteins which control transcription, translation, or RNA stability.
"Reporter molecules" are chemical or biochemical moieties used for labeling a nucleic acid, amino acid, or antibody. Reporter molecules include radionuclides; enzymes; fluorescent, cher luminescent, or chromogenic agents; substrates; cofactors; inhibitors; magnetic particles; and other moieties known in the art. An "RNA equivalent," in reference to a DNA molecule, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA molecule with the exception that all occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The term "sample" is used in its broadest sense. A sample suspected of containing GCREC, nucleic acids encoding GCREC, or fragments thereof may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
The terms "specific binding" and "specifically binding" refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A," the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody. The term "substantially purified" refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least about 60% free, preferably at least about 75% free, and most preferably at least about 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
A "substitution" refers to the replacement of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides by different amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
"Substrate" refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries. The substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound.
A "transcript image" or "expression profile" refers to the collective pattern of gene expression by a particular cell type or tissue under given conditions at a given time. "Transformation" describes a process by which exogenous DNA is introduced into a recipient cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, bacteriophage or viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment. The term "transformed cells" includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
A "transgenic organism," as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art. The nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid can be introduced by infection with a recombinant viral vector, such as a lentiviral vector (Lois, C. et al. (2002) Science 295:868-872). The term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule. The transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, plants and animals. The isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook and Russell (supra). A "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07- 1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length. A variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic" (as defined above), "splice," "species," or "polymorphic" variant. A splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing. The coπesponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule. Species variants are polynucleotides that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides will generally have significant amino acid identity relative to each other. A polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species. Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
A "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity or sequence similarity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% or greater sequence identity or sequence similarity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
THE INVENTION
Various embodiments of the invention include new human G-protein coupled receptors (GCREC), the polynucleotides encoding GCREC, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections. Table 1 summarizes the nomenclature for the full length polynucleotide and polypeptide embodiments of the invention. Each polynucleotide and its coπesponding polypeptide are coπelated to a single Incyte project identification number (Incyte Project DD). Each polypeptide sequence is denoted by both a polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ DD NO:) and an Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide DD) as shown. Each polynucleotide sequence is denoted by both a polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ DD NO:) and an Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte Polynucleotide DD) as shown.
Table 2 shows sequences with homology to the polypeptides of the invention as identified by BLAST analysis against the GenBank protein (genpept) database and the PROTEOME database. Columns 1 and 2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (Polypeptide SEQ DD NO:) and the coπesponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide DD) for polypeptides of the invention. Column 3 shows the GenBank identification number (GenBank DD NO:) of the nearest GenBank homolog and the PROTEOME database identification numbers (PROTEOME DD NO:) of the nearest PROTEOME database homologs. Column 4 shows the probability scores for the matches between each polypeptide and its homolog(s). Column 5 shows the annotation of the GenBank and PROTEOME database homolog(s) along with relevant citations where applicable, all of which are expressly incorporated by reference herein.
Table 3 shows various structural features of the polypeptides of the invention. Columns 1 and
2 show the polypeptide sequence identification number (SEQ DD NO:) and the coπesponding Incyte polypeptide sequence number (Incyte Polypeptide DD) for each polypeptide of the invention. Column
3 shows the number of armno acid residues in each polypeptide. Column 4 shows potential phosphorylation sites, and column 5 shows potential glycosylation sites, as determined by the MOTIFS program of the GCG sequence analysis software package (Accelrys, Burlington MA). Column 6 shows amino acid residues comprising signature sequences, domains, and motifs. Column 7 shows analytical methods for protein structure/function analysis and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied.
Together, Tables 2 and 3 summarize the properties of polypeptides of the invention, and these properties establish that the claimed polypeptides are G-protein coupled receptors. For example, SEQ DD NO:2 is 85% identical, from residue 167 to residue P282, to human olfactory receptor (GenBank DD g2921716) as determined by the Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST). (See Table 2.) The BLAST probability score is 5.0e-96, which indicates the probability of obtaining the observed polypeptide sequence alignment by chance. SEQ DD NO:2 also contains a seven transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database of conserved protein family domains. (See Table 3.) Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further coπoborative evidence that SEQ DD NO:2 is an olfactory receptor. In another example, SEQ DD NO:4 is 48% identical, from residue E2 to residue L330, to mouse olfactory receptor P2 (GenBank DD g7638409) as deteπnined by BLAST. The BLAST probability score is 4.9e-75. SEQ DD NO:4 also contains a 7 transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database. Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ DD NO:4 is an olfactory receptor.
In yet another example, SEQ DD NO: 10 is 60% identical, from residue D814 to residue F1004, to human seven transmembrane-domain receptor (GenBank DD g2117161) as determined by BLAST. The BLAST probability score is 1.6e-70. SEQ DD NO:10 is localized to the plasma membrane, is a receptor involved in G-protein signaling, and is homologous to a member of the secretin family of G- protein coupled receptors with a Latrophilin/CL-1 like GPS domain (PROTEOME DD
610534|DKFZP564), is homologous to a human G-protein coupled receptor expressed in epithelial cells of the epididymis (PROTEOME DD 342492|GPR64), and is homologous to a human G-protein coupled receptor differentially expressed during metastatic progression of melanomas (PROTEOME DD 342484|GPR56), as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. SEQ DD NO: 10 also contains a 7 transmembrane receptor (secretin family) domain and a CUB domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)- based PFAM database. Data from BLIMPS, BLASTJPRODOM, and BLASTJDOMO analyses provide further coπoborative evidence that SEQ DD NO: 10 is a G-protein coupled receptor.
In a further example, SEQ DD NO:16 is 80% identical, from residue M14 to residue D318, to Mus musculus odorant receptor K4hl 1 (GenBank DD gl 1692563) as determined by BLAST. The BLAST probability score is 1.4e-127. SEQ DD NO:16 is localized to the plasma membrane, and is a signaling protein, as deteπnined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. SEQ DD NO: 16 also contains a 7 -transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as deterrnined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database. Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further coπoborative evidence that SEQ DD NO: 16 is an olfactory protein receptor.
In another example, SEQ DD NO:18 is 47% identical, from residue Ml to residue C306, to human breast cancer amplified G-protein coupled receptor 3 (BCA-GPCR-3) (GenBank DD gl5986319) as determined by BLAST. The BLAST probability score is 2.5e-73. SEQ DD NO:18 is localized to the plasma membrane and is a G-protein coupled receptor, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. SEQ DD NO: 18 also contains a seven transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as determined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database. Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses and BLAST analyses of the PRODOM and DOMO databases provide further corroborative evidence that SEQ DD NO: 18 is a G-protein coupled receptor.
In yet another example, SEQ DD NO:19 is 98% identical, from residue Ml to residue V281, and 100% from residue A279 to residue T388, to human neurotensin receptor 2 (GenBank DD g3901028) as determined by BLAST. The BLAST probability score is 3.0e-206. SEQ ID NO: 19 also has homology to proteins that are localized to the plasma membrane and are neurotensin-binding proteins, as determined by BLAST analysis using the PROTEOME database. SEQ DD NO: 19 also contains a 7 transmembrane receptor (rhodopsin family) domain as deteπnined by searching for statistically significant matches in the hidden Markov model (HMM)-based PFAM database. Data from BLIMPS, MOTIFS, and PROFTLESCAN analyses provide further coπoborative evidence that SEQ DD NO: 19 is a rhodopsin family receptor. SEQ DD NO:l, SEQ DD NO:3, SEQ DD NO:5-9, SEQ DD NO:ll-15, SEQ DD NO:17, and SEQ DD NO:20-22 were analyzed and annotated in a similar manner. The algorithms and parameters for the analysis of SEQ DD NO: 1-22 are described in Table 7.
As shown in Table 4, the full length polynucleotide embodiments were assembled using cDNA sequences or coding (exon) sequences derived from genomic DNA, or any combination of these two types of sequences. Column 1 lists the polynucleotide sequence identification number (Polynucleotide SEQ DD NO:), the coπesponding Incyte polynucleotide consensus sequence number (Incyte DD) for each polynucleotide of the invention, and the length of each polynucleotide sequence in basepairs. Column 2 shows the nucleotide start (5') and stop (3') positions of the cDNA and/or genomic sequences used to assemble the full length polynucleotide embodiments, and of fragments of the polynucleotides which are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies that identify SEQ DD NO:23-44 or that distinguish between SEQ DD NO:23-44 and related polynucleotides. The polynucleotide fragments described in Column 2 of Table 4 may refer specifically, for example, to Incyte cDNAs derived from tissue-specific cDNA libraries or from pooled cDNA libraries. Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to GenBank cDNAs or ESTs which contributed to the assembly of the full length polynucleotides. In addition, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may identify sequences derived from the ENSEMBL (The Sanger Centre, Cambridge, UK) database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "ENST"). Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may be derived from the NCBI RefSeq Nucleotide Sequence Records Database (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NM" or "NT") or the NCBI RefSeq Protein Sequence Records (i.e., those sequences including the designation "NP"). Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments described in column 2 may refer to assemblages of both cDNA and Genscan-predicted exons brought together by an "exon stitching" algorithm. For example, a polynucleotide sequence identified as FL_XXXXXX_NI_N2_YYYYY_N3_N4 represents a "stitched" sequence in which XXXXXX is the identification number of the cluster of sequences to which the algorithm was applied, and YYYYY is the number of the prediction generated by the algorithm, and N1Λ3„,, if present, represent specific exons that may have been manually edited during analysis (See Example V). Alternatively, the polynucleotide fragments in column 2 may refer to assemblages of exons brought together by an "exon-stretching" algorithm. For example, a polynucleotide sequence identified as ¥LXXXXXX_gAAAAA_gBBBBB_l_N is a "stretched" sequence, with XXXXXX being the Incyte project identification number, gAAAAA being the GenBank identification number of the human genomic sequence to which the "exon-stretching" algorithm was applied, gβBBBB being the GenBank identification number or NCBI RefSeq identification number of the nearest GenBank protein homolog, and N referring to specific exons (See Example V). In instances where a RefSeq sequence was used as a protein homolog for the "exon-stretching" algorithm, a RefSeq identifier (denoted by "NM," "NP," or "NT") maybe used in place of the GenBank identifier (i.e., gβBBBB).
Alternatively, a prefix identifies component sequences that were hand-edited, predicted from genomic DNA sequences, or derived from a combination of sequence analysis methods. The following Table lists examples of component sequence prefixes and corresponding sequence analysis methods associated with the prefixes (see Example IV and Example V).
Figure imgf000036_0001
TNCY Full length transcript and exon prediction from mapping of EST sequences to the genome. Genomic location and EST composition data are combined to predict the exons and resulting transcript.
In some cases, Incyte cDNA coverage redundant with the sequence coverage shown in Table 4 was obtained to confirm the final consensus polynucleotide sequence, but the relevant Incyte cDNA identification numbers are not shown.
Table 5 shows the representative cDNA libraries for those full length polynucleotides which were assembled using Incyte cDNA sequences. The representative cDNA library is the Incyte cDNA library which is most frequently represented by the Incyte cDNA sequences which were used to assemble and confirm the above polynucleotides. The tissues and vectors which were used to construct the cDNA libraries shown in Table 5 are described in Table 6.
The invention also encompasses GCREC variants. Various embodiments of GCREC variants can have at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the GCREC amino acid sequence, and can contain at least one functional or structural characteristic of GCREC. Various embodiments also encompass polynucleotides which encode GCREC. In a particular embodiment, the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:23-44, which encodes GCREC. The polynucleotide sequences of SEQ DD NO:23-44, as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The invention also encompasses variants of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC. In particular, such a variant polynucleotide will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding GCREC. A particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:23-44 which has at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ DD NO:23-44. Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode a polypeptide which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of GCREC. In addition, or in the alternative, a polynucleotide variant of the invention is a splice variant of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC. A splice variant may have portions which have significant sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding GCREC, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to additions or deletions of blocks of sequence arising from alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing. A splice variant may have less than about 70%, or alternatively less than about 60%, or alternatively less than about 50% polynucleotide sequence identity to a polynucleotide encoding GCREC over its entire length; however, portions of the splice variant will have at least about 70%, or alternatively at least about 85%, or alternatively at least about 95%, or alternatively 100% polynucleotide sequence identity to portions ofthe polynucleotide encoding GCREC. For example, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:44, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:30 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:31 are splice variants of each other; and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:27, a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:28 and a polynucleotide comprising a sequence of SEQ DD NO:29 are splice variants of each other. Any one of the splice variants described above can encode a polypeptide which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of GCREC.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding GCREC, some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturally occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as applied to the polynucleotide sequence of naturally occurring GCREC, and all such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
Although polynucleotides which encode GCREC and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to polynucleotides encoding naturally occurring GCREC under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce polynucleotides encoding GCREC or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host. Other reasons for substantially altering the nucleotide sequence encoding GCREC and its derivatives without altering the encoded amino acid sequences include the production of RNA transcripts having more desirable properties, such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
The invention also encompasses production of polynucleotides which encode GCREC and GCREC derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After production, the synthetic polynucleotide may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a polynucleotide encoding GCREC or any fragment thereof.
Embodiments of the invention can also include polynucleotides that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotides, and, in particular, to those having the sequences shown in SEQ DD NO:23-44 and fragments thereof, under various conditions of stringency (Wahl, G.M. and S.L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407; Kimmel, A.R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507-511). Hybridization conditions, including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions."
Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention. The methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Applied Biosystems), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA). Preferably, sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 liquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Applied Biosystems). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Applied Biosystems), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853). The nucleic acids encoding GCREC may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed, restriction-site PCR, uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector (Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322). Another method, inverse PCR, uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template. The template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and suπounding sequences (Triglia, T. et al. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16:8186). A third method, capture PCR, involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-119). In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR. Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art (Parker, J.D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060). Additionally, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFTNDER libraries (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) to walk genomic DNA. This procedure avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions. For all PCR-based methods, primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 primer analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
When screening for full length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. In addition, random-primed libraries, which often include sequences containing the 5' regions of genes, are preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products. In particular, capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths. Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Applied Biosystems), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides or fragments thereof which encode GCREC may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of GCREC, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other polynucleotides which encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent polypeptides may be produced and used to express GCREC.
The polynucleotides of the invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter GCREC-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not limited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, oligonucleotide-mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
The nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARBREEDING (Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA; described in U.S. Patent No. 5,837,458; Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of GCREC, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its ability to bind to other molecules or compounds. DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These prefeπed variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening. Thus, genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
In another embodiment, polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using one or more chemical methods well known in the art (Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232). Alternatively, GCREC itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods known in the art. For example, peptide synthesis can be performed using various solution-phase or solid-phase techniques (Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY, pp. 55-60; Roberge, J.Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204). Automated synthesis may be achieved using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Applied Biosystems). Additionally, the amino acid sequence of GCREC, or any part thereof, may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide or a polypeptide having a sequence of a naturally occurring polypeptide. The peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography (Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421). The composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing (Creighton, supra, pp. 28-53). In order to express a biologically active GCREC, the polynucleotides encoding GCREC or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host. These elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3 'untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotides encoding GCREC. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity. Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of polynucleotides encoding GCREC. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g. the Kozak sequence. In cases where a polynucleotide sequence encoding GCREC and its initiation codon and upstream regulatory sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals including an in-frame ATG initiation codon should be provided by the vector. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers appropriate for the particular host cell system used (Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 20:125-162).
Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing polynucleotides encoding GCREC and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination (Sambrook and Russell, supra, ch. 1-4, and 8; Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 1, 3, and 15).
A variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express polynucleotides encoding GCREC. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems (Sambrook and Russell, supra; Ausubel et al., supra; Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509; Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937- 1945; Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311 : The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York NY, pp. 191-196; Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659; Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355).
Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of polynucleotides to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population (Di Nicola, M. et al. (1998) Cancer Gen. Ther. 5:350-356; Yu, M. et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6340-6344; Buller, R.M. et al. (1985) Nature 317:813-815; McGregor, D.P. et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31:219-226; Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242). The invention is not limited by the host cell employed.
In bacterial systems, a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotides encoding GCREC. For example, routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotides encoding GCREC can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La Jolla CA) or PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen).
Ligation of polynucleotides encoding GCREC into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, allowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria containing recombinant molecules. In addition, these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, dideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence (Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509). When large quantities of GCREC are needed, e.g. for the production of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of GCREC may be used. For example, vectors containing the strong, inducible SP6 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
Yeast expression systems may be used for production of GCREC. A number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters, such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris. In addition, such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign polynucleotide sequences into the host genome for stable propagation (Ausubel et al., supra; Bitter, G.A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; Scorer, CA. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:181-184).
Plant systems may also be used for expression of GCREC. Transcription of polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be driven by viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters maybe used (Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984)ΕMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17:85-105). These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection (The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York NY, pp. 191-196).
In mammalian cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses GCREC in host cells (Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3655-3659). In addition, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells. SV40 or EBV- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid. HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and delivered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes (Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355). For long term production of recombinant proteins in mammalian systems, stable expression of
GCREC in cell lines is prefeπed. For example, polynucleotides encoding GCREC can be transformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thyrnidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk and apr cells, respectively (Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823). Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate; neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418; and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively (Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:3567-3570; Colbere-Garapin, F. et al. (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 150:1-14). Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter cellular requirements for metabolites (Hartman, S.C. and R.C. Mulligan (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:8047-8051). Visible markers, e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), β- glucuronidase and its substrate β-glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system (Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131).
Although the presence/absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed. For example, if the sequence encoding GCREC is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing polynucleotides encoding GCREC can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding GCREC under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
In general, host cells that contain the polynucleotide encoding GCREC and that express GCREC may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences, hnmunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of GCREC using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), radioirnmunoassays (RIAs), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on GCREC is prefeπed, but a competitive binding assay may be employed. These and other assays are well known in the art (Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect. TV; Coligan, J.E. et al. (1997) Cuπent Protocols in Immunology, Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley- Interscience, New York NY; Pound, J.D. (1998) Immunochemical Protocols, Humana Press, Totowa NJ).
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding GCREC include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
Alternatively, polynucleotides encoding GCREC, or any fragments thereof, may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures maybe conducted using a variety of commercially available kits, such as those provided by Amersham Biosciences, Promega (Madison WI), and US Biochemical. Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chennluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like. Host cells transformed with polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culmre. The protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode GCREC may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of GCREC through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane. In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted polynucleotides or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation. Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" or "pro" form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity. Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
In another embodiment of the invention, natural, modified, or recombinant polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems. For example, a chimeric GCREC protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of GCREC activity. Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices. Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA). GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively. FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the GCREC encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that GCREC maybe cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins. In another embodiment, synthesis of radiolabeled GCREC may be achieved in vitro using the
TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 35S-methionine. GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or variants of GCREC may be used to screen for compounds that specifically bind to GCREC. One or more test compounds may be screened for specific binding to GCREC. In various embodiments, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 200 test compounds can be screened for specific binding to GCREC. Examples of test compounds can include antibodies, anticalins, oligonucleotides, proteins (e.g., ligands or receptors), or small molecules. In related embodiments, variants of GCREC can be used to screen for binding of test compounds, such as antibodies, to GCREC, a variant of GCREC, or a combination of GCREC and/or one or more variants GCREC. In an embodiment, a variant of GCREC can be used to screen for compounds that bind to a variant of GCREC, but not to GCREC having the exact sequence of a sequence of SEQ DD NO:l-22. GCREC variants used to perform such screening can have a range of about 50% to about 99% sequence identity to GCREC, with various embodiments having 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, and 95% sequence identity.
In an embodiment, a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to GCREC can be closely related to the natural ligand of GCREC, e.g., a ligand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner (Coligan, J.E. et al. (1991) Cuπent Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5). In another embodiment, the compound thus identified can be a natural ligand of a receptor GCREC (Howard, A.D. et al. (2001) Trends Pharmacol. Sci.22:132- 140; Wise, A. et al. (2002) Drug Discovery Today 7:235-246).
In other embodiments, a compound identified in a screen for specific binding to GCREC can be closely related to the natural receptor to which GCREC binds, at least a fragment of the receptor, or a fragment of the receptor including all or a portion of the ligand binding site or binding pocket. For example, the compound may be a receptor for GCREC which is capable of propagating a signal, or a decoy receptor for GCREC which is not capable of propagating a signal (Ashkenazi, A. and V.M.
Divit (1999) Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 11:255-260; Mantovani, A. et al. (2001) Trends Immunol. 22:328- 336). The compound can be rationally designed using known techniques. Examples of such techniques include those used to construct the compound etanercept (ENBREL; Amgen Inc., Thousand Oaks CA), which is efficacious for treating rheumatoid arthritis in humans. Etanercept is an engineered p75 tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor dimer linked to the Fc portion of human IgG, (Taylor, P.C. et al. (2001) Cuπ. Opin. Immunol. 13:611-616).
In one embodiment, two or more antibodies having similar or, alternatively, different specificities can be screened for specific binding to GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or variants of GCREC. The binding specificity of the antibodies thus screened can thereby be selected to identify particular fragments or variants of GCREC. In one embodiment, an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential identification of specific fragments or variants of GCREC. In another embodiment, an antibody can be selected such that its binding specificity allows for preferential diagnosis of a specific disease or condition having increased, decreased, or otherwise abnormal production of GCREC. In an embodiment, anticalins can be screened for specific binding to GCREC, fragments of
GCREC, or variants of GCREC. Anticalins are ligand-binding proteins that have been constructed based on a lipocalin scaffold (Weiss, G.A. and H.B. Lowman (2000) Chem. Biol. 7:R177-R184; Skerra, A. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:257-275). The protein architecture of lipocalins can include a beta-baπel having eight antiparallel beta-strands, which supports four loops at its open end. These loops form the natural ligand-binding site of the lipocalins, a site which can be re-engineered in vitro by amino acid substitutions to impart novel binding specificities. The amino acid substitutions can be made using methods known in the art or described herein, and can include conservative substitutions (e.g., substitutions that do not alter binding specificity) or substitutions that modestly, moderately, or significantly alter binding specificity.
In one embodiment, screening for compounds which specifically bind to, stimulate, or inhibit GCREC involves producing appropriate cells which express GCREC, either as a secreted protein or on the cell membrane. Prefeπed cells can include cells from mammals, yeast, Drosophila, or E. coli. Cells expressing GCREC or cell membrane fractions which contain GCREC are then contacted with a test compound and binding, stimulation, or inhibition of activity of either GCREC or the compound is analyzed.
An assay may simply test binding of a test compound to the polypeptide, wherein binding is detected by a fluorophore, radioisotope, enzyme conjugate, or other detectable label. For example, the assay may comprise the steps of combining at least one test compound with GCREC, either in solution or affixed to a solid support, and detecting the binding of GCREC to the compound. Alternatively, the assay may detect or measure binding of a test compound in the presence of a labeled competitor. Additionally, the assay may be carried out using cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, or natural product mixtures, and the test compound(s) may be free in solution or affixed to a solid support.
An assay can be used to assess the ability of a compound to bind to its natural ligand and/or to inhibit the binding of its natural ligand to its natural receptors. Examples of such assays include radio- labeling assays such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,914,236 and U.S. Patent No. 6,372,724. In a related embodiment, one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a receptor) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural ligands (Matthews, D.J. and J.A. Wells. (1994) Chem. Biol. 1:25-30). In another related embodiment, one or more amino acid substitutions can be introduced into a polypeptide compound (such as a ligand) to improve or alter its ability to bind to its natural receptors (Cunningham, B.C. and J.A. Wells (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:3407-3411; Lowman, H.B. et al. (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:10982-10988). GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or variants of GCREC may be used to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of GCREC. Such compounds may include agonists, antagonists, or partial or inverse agonists. In one embodiment, an assay is performed under conditions permissive for GCREC activity, wherein GCREC is combined with at least one test compound, and the activity of GCREC in the presence of a test compound is compared with the activity of GCREC in the absence of the test compound. A change in the activity of GCREC in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of GCREC. Alternatively, a test compound is combined with an in vitro or cell-free system comprising GCREC under conditions suitable for GCREC activity, and the assay is performed. In either of these assays, a test compound which modulates the activity of GCREC may do so indirectly and need not come in direct contact with the test compound. At least one and up to a plurality of test compounds may be screened.
In another embodiment, polynucleotides encoding GCREC or their mammalian homologs may be "knocked out" in an animal model system using homologous recombination in embryonic stem (ES) cells. Such techniques are well known in the art and are useful for the generation of animal models of human disease (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,175,383 and U.S. Patent No. 5,767,337). For example, mouse ES cells, such as the mouse 129/SvJ cell line, are derived from the early mouse embryo and grown in culture. The ES cells are transformed with a vector containing the gene of interest disrupted by a marker gene, e.g., the neomycin phosphotransferase gene (neo; Capecchi, M.R. (1989) Science 244:1288-1292). The vector integrates into the coπesponding region of the host genome by homologous recombination. Alternatively, homologous recombination takes place using the Cre-loxP system to knockout a gene of interest in a tissue- or developmental stage-specific manner (Marth, J.D. (1996) Clin. Invest. 97:1999-2002; Wagner, K.U. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:4323-4330). Transformed ES cells are identified and microinjected into mouse cell blastocysts such as those from the C57BL/6 mouse strain. The blastocysts are surgically transfeπed to pseudopregnant dams, and the resulting chimeric progeny are genotyped and bred to produce heterozygous or homozygous strains. Transgenic animals thus generated may be tested with potential therapeutic or toxic agents. Polynucleotides encoding GCREC may also be manipulated in vitro in ES cells derived from human blastocysts. Human ES cells have the potential to differentiate into at least eight separate cell lineages including endoderm, mesoderm, and ectodermal cell types. These cell lineages differentiate into, for example, neural cells, hematopoietic lineages, and cardiomyocytes (Thomson, J.A. et al. (1998) Science 282:1145-1147).
Polynucleotides encoding GCREC can also be used to create "knockin" humanized animals (pigs) or transgenic animals (mice or rats) to model human disease. With knockin technology, a region of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC is injected into animal ES cells, and the injected sequence integrates into the animal cell genome. Transformed cells are injected into blastulae, and the blastulae are implanted as described above. Transgenic progeny or inbred lines are studied and treated with potential pharmaceutical agents to obtain information on treatment of a human disease. Alternatively, a mammal inbred to overexpress GCREC, e.g., by secreting GCREC in its milk, may also serve as a convenient source of that protein (Janne, J. et al. (1998) Biotechnol. Annu. Rev. 4:55-74). THERAPEUTICS Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of GCREC and G-protein coupled receptors. In addition, examples of tissues expressing GCREC can be found in Table 6 and can also be found in Example XI. Therefore, GCREC appears to play a role in cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections. In the treatment of disorders associated with increased GCREC expression or activity, it is desirable to decrease the expression or activity of GCREC. In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased GCREC expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of GCREC.
Therefore, in one embodiment, GCREC or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone maπow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radiculitis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebelloretinal hemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; a cardiovascular disorder such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vasculitis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, complications of thrombolysis, balloon angioplasty, vascular replacement, and coronary artery bypass graft surgery, congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcific aortic valve stenosis, congenitally bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, nonbacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, and complications of cardiac transplantation; a gastrointestinal disorder such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbilirubinemia, cirrhosis, passive congestion of the liver, hepatoma, infectious colitis, ulcerative colitis, ulcerative proctitis, Crohn's disease, Whipple's disease, Mallory- Weiss syndrome, colonic carcinoma, colonic obstruction, iπitable bowel syndrome, short bowel syndrome, diaπhea, constipation, gastrointestinal hemoπhage, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS) enteropathy, jaundice, hepatic encephalopathy, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic steatosis, hemochromatosis, Wilson's disease, alpha^antitrypsin deficiency, Reye's syndrome, primary sclerosing cholangitis, liver infarction, portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, centrilobular necrosis, peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein thrombosis, veno-occlusive disease, preeclampsia, eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy, and hepatic tumors including nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and carcinomas; an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjόgren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helπiinthic infections, and trauma; a metabolic disorder such as diabetes, obesity, and osteoporosis; and an infection by a viral agent classified as adenovirus, arenavirus, bunyavirus, calicivirus, coronavirus, filovirus, hepadnavirus, herpesvirus, flavivirus, orthomyxovirus, parvovirus, papovavirus, paramyxovirus, picornavirus, poxvirus, reovirus, retrovirus, rhabdovirus, and tongavirus.
In another embodiment, a vector capable of expressing GCREC or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those described above.
In a further embodiment, a composition comprising a substantially purified GCREC in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those provided above.
In still another embodiment, an agonist which modulates the activity of GCREC may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those listed above.
In a further embodiment, an antagonist of GCREC may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of GCREC. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, those cell proliferative, neurological, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, autoimmune/inflammatory, and metabolic disorders, and viral infections described above. In one aspect, an antibody which specifically binds GCREC may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to cells or tissues which express GCREC.
In an additional embodiment, a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of GCREC including, but not limited to, those described above.
In other embodiments, any protein, agonist, antagonist, antibody, complementary sequence, or vector embodiments maybe administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents may act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
An antagonist of GCREC may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art. In particular, purified GCREC may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind GCREC. Antibodies to GCREC may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. In an embodiment, neutralizing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) can be used therapeutically. Single chain antibodies (e.g., from camels or llamas) may be potent enzyme inhibitors and may have application in the design of peptide mimetics, and in the development of immuno-adsorbents and biosensors (Muyldermans, S. (2001) J. Biotechnol. 74:277-302).
For the production of antibodies, various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, camels, dromedaries, llamas, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with GCREC or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol. Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum are especially preferable.
It is prefeπed that the oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to GCREC have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally will consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments are substantially identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein. Short stretches of GCREC amino acids maybe fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced. Monoclonal antibodies to GCREC may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J. Immunol. Methods
81:31-42; Cote, R.J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; Cole, S.P. et al. (1984)
Mol. Cell Biol. 62:109-120).
In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies," such as the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used (Morrison, S.L. et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 81:6851-6855; Neuberger, M.S. et al. (1984) Nature 312:604-608; Takeda, S. et al. (1985)
Nature 314:452-454). Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies maybe adapted, using methods known in the art, to produce GCREC-specific single chain antibodies. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries (Burton, D.R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 88:10134-10137).
Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature (Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter, G. et al.
(1991) Nature 349:293-299).
Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for GCREC may also be generated.
For example, such fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab')2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab')2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression libraries may be constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity (Huse, W.D. et al. (1989)
Science 246:1275-1281).
Various immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between GCREC and its specific antibody. A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering GCREC epitopes is generally used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra). Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioimmunoassay techniques may be used to assess the affinity of antibodies for GCREC. Affinity is expressed as an association constant, Ka, which is defined as the molar concentration of GCREC-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions. The Ka determined for a preparation of polyclonal antibodies, which are heterogeneous in their affinities for multiple GCREC epitopes, represents the average affinity, or avidity, of the antibodies for GCREC. The Ka determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular GCREC epitope, represents a true measure of affinity. High-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 109 to 1012 L/mole are prefeπed for use in immunoassays in which the GCREC- antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations. Low-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 106 to 107 IJmole are prefeπed for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of GCREC, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington DC; Liddell, J.E. and A. Cryer (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY).
The titer and avidity of polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to deteπnine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream applications. For example, a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml, is generally employed in procedures requiring precipitation of GCREC-antibody complexes. Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generally available (Catty, supra; Coligan et al, supra). In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding GCREC, or any fragment or complement thereof, may be used for therapeutic purposes. In one aspect, modifications of gene expression can be achieved by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, PNA, or modified oligonucleotides) to the coding or regulatory regions of the gene encoding GCREC. Such technology is well known in the art, and antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding GCREC (Agrawal, S., ed. (1996) Antisense Therapeutics, Humana Press, Totawa NJ).
In therapeutic use, any gene delivery system suitable for introduction of the antisense sequences into appropriate target cells can be used. Antisense sequences can be delivered intracellularly in the form of an expression plasmid which, upon transcription, produces a sequence complementary to at least a portion of the cellular sequence encoding the target protein (Slater, J.E. et al. (1998) J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 102:469-475; Scanlon, K.J. et al. (1995) 9:1288-1296). Antisense sequences can also be introduced intracellularly through the use of viral vectors, such as retiovirus and adeno-associated virus vectors (Miller, A.D. (1990) Blood 76:271; Ausubel et al., supra; Uckert, W. and W. Walther (1994) Pharmacol. Ther. 63:323-347). Other gene delivery mechanisms include liposome-derived systems, artificial viral envelopes, and other systems known in the art (Rossi, J.J. (1995) Br. Med. Bull. 51:217-225; Boado, RJ. et al. (1998) J. Pharm. Sci. 87:1308-1315; Morris, M.C. et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25:2730-2736).
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used for somatic or gerrnline gene therapy. Gene therapy may be performed to (i) coπect a genetic deficiency (e.g., in the cases of severe combined immunodeficiency (SCDD)-Xl disease characterized by X- linked inheritance (Cavazzana-Calvo, M. et al. (2000) Science 288:669-672), severe combined immunodeficiency syndrome associated with an inherited adenosine dea inase (ADA) deficiency
(Blaese, RM. et al. (1995) Science 270:475-480; Bordignon, C. et al. (1995) Science 270:470-475), cystic fibrosis (Zabner, J. et al. (1993) Cell 75:207-216; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:643-666; Crystal, R.G. et al. (1995) Hum. Gene Therapy 6:667-703), thalassamias, familial hypercholesterolemia, and hemophilia resulting from Factor VD3 or Factor IX deficiencies (Crystal, RG. (1995) Science 270:404-410; Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997) Nature 389:239-242)), (ii) express a conditionally lethal gene product (e.g., in the case of cancers which result from unregulated cell proliferation), or (iϋ) express a protein which affords protection against intracellular parasites (e.g., against human retroviruses, such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (Baltimore, D. (1988) Nature 335:395-396; Poeschla, E. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:11395-11399), hepatitis B or C virus (HBV, HCV); fungal parasites, such as Candida albicans and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis; and protozoan parasites such as Plasmodium falciparum and Trypanosoma cruzi). In the case where a genetic deficiency in GCREC expression or regulation causes disease, the expression of GCREC from an appropriate population of transduced cells may alleviate the clinical manifestations caused by the genetic deficiency. In a further embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by deficiencies in
GCREC are treated by constructing mammalian expression vectors encoding GCREC and introducing these vectors by mechanical means into GCREC-deficient cells. Mechanical transfer technologies for use with cells in vivo or ex vitro include (i) direct DNA microinjection into individual cells, (ii) ballistic gold particle delivery, (iii) liposome-mediated transfection, (iv) receptor-mediated gene transfer, and (v) the use of DNA transposons (Morgan, R.A. and W.F. Anderson (1993) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; Ivies, Z. (1997) Cell 91:501-510; Boulay, J.-L. and H. Recipon (1998) Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:445-450). Expression vectors that may be effective for the expression of GCREC include, but are not limited to, the PCDNA 3.1, EPITAG, PRCCMV2, PREP, PVAX, PCR2-TOPOTA vectors (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCMV-SCRIPT, PCMV-TAG, PEGSH/PERV (Stratagene, La Jolla CA), and PTET-OFF, PTET-ON, PTRE2, PTRE2-LUC, PTK-HYG (Clontech, Palo Alto CA). GCREC may be expressed using (i) a constitutively active promoter, (e.g., from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), SV40 virus, thymidine kinase (TK), or β-actin genes), (ii) an inducible promoter (e.g., the tetracycline-regulated promoter (Gossen, M. and H. Bujard (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551; Gossen, M. et al. (1995) Science 268:1766-1769; Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau (1998) Cuπ. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:451-456), commercially available in the T-REX plasmid (Invitrogen)); the ecdysone-inducible promoter (available in the plasmids PVGRXR and PTND; Invitrogen); the
FK506/rapamycin inducible promoter; or the RU486/mifepristone inducible promoter (Rossi, F.M.V. and H.M. Blau, supra)), or (ϋi) a tissue-specific promoter or the native promoter of the endogenous gene encoding GCREC from a normal individual.
Commercially available liposome transformation kits (e.g., the PERFECT LIPDD TRANSFECTION KIT, available from Invitrogen) allow one with ordinary skill in the art to deliver polynucleotides to target cells in culture and require minimal effort to optimize experimental parameters. In the alternative, transformation is performed using the calcium phosphate method (Graham, F.L. and A.J. Eb (1973) Virology 52:456-467), or by electroporation (Neumann, E. et al. (1982) EMBO J. 1:841-845). The introduction of DNA to primary cells requires modification of these standardized mammalian transfection protocols.
In another embodiment of the invention, diseases or disorders caused by genetic defects with respect to GCREC expression are treated by constructing a retrovirus vector consisting of (i) the polynucleotide encoding GCREC under the control of an independent promoter or the retrovirus long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, (ii) appropriate RNA packaging signals, and (ϋi) a Rev-responsive element (RRE) along with additional retrovirus -acting RNA sequences and coding sequences required for efficient vector propagation. Retrovirus vectors (e.g., PFB and PFBNEO) are commercially available (Stratagene) and are based on published data (Riviere, I. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:6733-6737), incorporated by reference herein. The vector is propagated in an appropriate vector producing cell line (VPCL) that expresses an envelope gene with a tropism for receptors on the target cells or a promiscuous envelope protein such as VSVg (Armentano, D. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1647-1650; Bender, M.A. et al. (1987) J. Virol. 61:1639-1646; Adam, M.A. and A.D. Miller (1988) J. Virol. 62:3802-3806; Dull, T. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:8463-8471; Zufferey, R. et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72:9873-9880). U.S. Patent No. 5,910,434 to Rigg ("Method for obtaining retrovirus packaging cell lines producing high transducing efficiency retroviral supernatant") discloses a method for obtaining retrovirus packaging cell lines and is hereby incorporated by reference. Propagation of retrovirus vectors, transduction of a population of cells (e.g., CD4+ T-cells), and the return of transduced cells to a patient are procedures well known to persons skilled in the art of gene therapy and have been well documented (Ranga, U. et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:7020-7029; Bauer, G. et al. (1997) Blood 89:2259-2267; Bonyhadi, M.L. (1997) J. Virol. 71:4707-4716; Ranga, U. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:1201-1206; Su, L. (1997) Blood 89:2283-2290).
In an embodiment, an adenovirus-based gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding GCREC to cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of GCREC. The construction and packaging of adenovirus-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art. Replication defective adenovirus vectors have proven to be versatile for importing genes encoding immunoregulatory proteins into intact islets in the pancreas (Csete, M.E. et al. (1995) Transplantation 27:263-268). Potentially useful adenoviral vectors are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,707,618 to Armentano ("Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy"), hereby incorporated by reference. For adenoviral vectors, see also Antinozzi, P.A. et al. (1999; Annu. Rev. Nutr. 19:511-544) and Verma, I.M. and N. Somia (1997; Nature 18:389:239-242).
In another embodiment, a herpes-based, gene therapy delivery system is used to deliver polynucleotides encodmg GCREC to target cells which have one or more genetic abnormalities with respect to the expression of GCREC. The use of herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based vectors may be especially valuable for introducing GCREC to cells of the central nervous system, for which HSV has a tropism. The construction and packaging of herpes-based vectors are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art. A replication-competent herpes simplex virus (HSV) type 1 -based vector has been used to deliver a reporter gene to the eyes of primates (Liu, X. et al. (1999) Exp. Eye Res. 169:385-395). The construction of a HSV-1 virus vector has also been disclosed in detail in U.S.
Patent No. 5,804,413 to DeLuca ("Herpes simplex virus strains for gene transfer"), which is hereby incorporated by reference. U.S. Patent No. 5,804,413 teaches the use of recombinant HSV d92 which consists of a genome containing at least one exogenous gene to be transfeπed to a cell under the control of the appropriate promoter for purposes including human gene therapy. Also taught by this patent are the construction and use of recombinant HSV strains deleted for ICP4, ICP27 and
ICP22. For HSV vectors, see also Goins, W.F. et al. (1999; J. Virol. 73:519-532) and Xu, H. et al. (1994; Dev. Biol. 163:152-161). The manipulation of cloned herpesvirus sequences, the generation of recombinant virus following the transfection of multiple plasmids containing different segments of the large herpesvirus genomes, the growth and propagation of herpes virus, and the infection of cells with herpesvirus are techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
In another embodiment, an alphavirus (positive, single-stranded RNA virus) vector is used to deliver polynucleotides encoding GCREC to target cells. The biology of the prototypic alphavirus, Semliki Forest Virus (SFV), has been studied extensively and gene transfer vectors have been based on the SFV genome (Garoff, H. and K.-J. Li (1998) Cuπ. Opin. Biotechnol. 9:464-469). During alphavirus RNA replication, a subgenomic RNA is generated that normally encodes the viral capsid proteins. This subgenomic RNA replicates to higher levels than the full length genomic RNA, resulting in the overproduction of capsid proteins relative to the viral protems with enzymatic activity (e.g., protease and polymerase). Similarly, inserting the coding sequence for GCREC into the alphavirus genome in place of the capsid-coding region results in the production of a large number of GCREC-coding RNAs and the synthesis of high levels of GCREC in vector transduced cells. While alphavirus infection is typically associated with cell lysis within a few days, the ability to establish a persistent infection in hamster normal kidney cells (BHK-21) with a variant of Sindbis virus (SIN) indicates that the lytic replication of alphaviruses can be altered to suit the needs of the gene therapy application (Dryga, S.A. et al. (1997) Virology 228:74-83). The wide host range of alphaviruses will allow the introduction of GCREC into a variety of cell types. The specific transduction of a subset of cells in a population may require the sorting of cells prior to transduction. The methods of manipulating infectious cDNA clones of alphaviruses, performing alphavirus cDNA and RNA transfections, and perfoπning alphavirus infections, are well known to those with ordinary skill in the art.
Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between about positions -10 and +10 from the start site, may also be employed to inhibit gene expression. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature (Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.I. Can, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp. 163-177). A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of RNA molecules encoding GCREC. Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initially identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, coπesponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable. The suitability of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These mclude techniques for chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides such as solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis. Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA molecules encoding GCREC. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or mducibly, can be introduced into cell lines, cells, or tissues. RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' 0-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, ymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases.
In other embodiments of the invention, the expression of one or more selected polynucleotides of the present invention can be altered, inhibited, decreased, or silenced using RNA interference (RNAi) or post-transcriptional gene silencing (PTGS) methods known in the art. RNAi is a post- transcriptional mode of gene silencing in which double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) introduced into a targeted cell specifically suppresses the expression of the homologous gene (i.e., the gene bearing the sequence complementary to the dsRNA). This effectively knocks out or substantially reduces the expression of the targeted gene. PTGS can also be accomplished by use of DNA or DNA fragments as well. RNAi methods are described by Fire, A. et al. (1998; Nature 391:806-811) and Gura, T. (2000; Nature 404:804-808). PTGS can also be initiated by introduction of a complementary segment of DNA into the selected tissue using gene delivery and/or viral vector delivery methods described herein or known in the art.
RNAi can be induced in mammalian cells by the use of small interfering RNA also known as siRNA. SiRNA are shorter segments of dsRNA (typically about 21 to 23 nucleotides in length) that result in vivo from cleavage of introduced dsRNA by the action of an endogenous ribonuclease. SiRNA appear to be the mediators of the RNAi effect in mammals. The most effective siRNAs appear to be 21 nucleotide dsRNAs with 2 nucleotide 3 ' overhangs. The use of siRNA for inducing RNAi in mammalian cells is described by Elbashir, S.M. et al. (2001; Nature 411:494-498).
SiRNA can either be generated indirectly by introduction of dsRNA into the targeted cell, or directly by mammalian transfection methods and agents described herein or known in the art (such as liposome-mediated transfection, viral vector methods, or other polynucleotide delivery/introductory methods). Suitable SiRNAs can be selected by examining a transcript of the target polynucleotide (e.g., mRNA) for nucleotide sequences downstream from the AUG start codon and recording the occuπence of each nucleotide and the 3' adjacent 19 to 23 nucleotides as potential siRNA target sites, with sequences having a 21 nucleotide length being preferred. Regions to be avoided for target siRNA sites include the 5' and 3 'untranslated regions (UTRs) and regions near the start codon (within 75 bases), as these may be richer in regulatory protein binding sites. UTR-binding proteins and/or translation mitiation complexes may interfere with binding of the siRNP endonuclease complex. The selected target sites for siRNA can then be compared to the appropriate genome database (e.g., human, etc.) using BLAST or other sequence comparison algorithms known in the art. Target sequences with significant homology to other coding sequences can be eliminated from consideration. The selected SiRNAs can be produced by chemical synthesis methods known in the art or by in vitro transcription using commercially available methods and kits such as the SILENCER siRNA construction kit (Ambion, Austin TX).
In alternative embodiments, long-term gene silencing and/or RNAi effects can be induced in selected tissue using expression vectors that continuously express siRNA. This can be accomplished using expression vectors that are engineered to express hairpin RNAs (shRNAs) using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Brummelkamp, T.R. et al. (2002) Science 296:550-553; and Paddison, P.J. et al. (2002) Genes Dev. 16:948-958). In these and related embodiments, shRNAs can be delivered to target cells using expression vectors known in the art. An example of a suitable expression vector for delivery of siRNA is the PSILENCER1.0-U6 (circular) plasmid (Ambion). Once delivered to the target tissue, shRNAs are processed in vivo into siRNA-like molecules capable of carrying out gene- specific silencing. In various embodiments, the expression levels of genes targeted by RNAi or PTGS methods can be determined by assays for mRNA and/or protein analysis. Expression levels of the mRNA of a targeted gene, can be determined by northern analysis methods using, for example, the NORTHERNMAX-GLY kit (Ambion); by microarray methods; by PCR methods; by real time PCR methods; and by other RNA/polynucleotide assays known in the art or described herein. Expression levels of the protein encoded by the targeted gene can be determined by Western analysis using standard techniques known in the art.
An additional embodiment of the invention encompasses a method for screening for a compound which is effective in altering expression of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC. Compounds which may be effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide may include, but are not limited to, oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides, triple heϋx-forming oligonucleotides, transcription factors and other polypeptide transcriptional regulators, and non-macromolecular chemical entities which are capable of interacting with specific polynucleotide sequences. Effective compounds may alter polynucleotide expression by acting as either inhibitors or promoters of polynucleotide expression. Thus, in the treatment of disorders associated with increased GCREC expression or activity, a compound which specifically inhibits expression of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC may be therapeutically useful, and in the treatment of disorders associated with decreased GCREC expression or activity, a compound which specifically promotes expression of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC may be therapeutically useful.
In various embodiments, one or more test compounds may be screened for effectiveness in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide. A test compound may be obtained by any method commonly known in the art, including chemical modification of a compound known to be effective in altering polynucleotide expression; selection from an existing, commercially-available or proprietary library of naturally-occurring or non-natural chemical compounds; rational design of a compound based on chemical and/or structural properties of the target polynucleotide; and selection from a library of chemical compounds created combinatorially or randomly. A sample comprising a polynucleotide encoding GCREC is exposed to at least one test compound thus obtained. The sample may comprise, for example, an intact or permeabilized cell, or an in vitro cell-free or reconstituted biochemical system. Alterations in the expression of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC are assayed by any method commonly known in the art. Typically, the expression of a specific nucleotide is detected by hybridization with a probe having a nucleotide sequence complementary to the sequence of the polynucleotide encoding GCREC. The amount of hybridization may be quantified, thus foπning the basis for a comparison of the expression of the polynucleotide both with and without exposure to one or more test compounds. Detection of a change in the expression of a polynucleotide exposed to a test compound indicates that the test compound is effective in altering the expression of the polynucleotide. A screen for a compound effective in altering expression of a specific polynucleotide can be carried out, for example, using a Schizosaccharomyces pombe gene expression system (Atkins, D. et al. (1999) U.S. Patent No. 5,932,435; Arndt, G.M. et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res. 28:E15) or a human cell line such as HeLa cell (Clarke, M.L. et al. (2000) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 268:8-13). A particular embodiment of the present invention involves screening a combinatorial library of oligonucleotides (such as deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, peptide nucleic acids, and modified oligonucleotides) for antisense activity against a specific polynucleotide sequence (Bruice, T.W. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,686,242; Bruice, T.W. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,022,691).
Many methods for introducing vectors into cells or tissues are available and equally suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo. For ex vivo therapy, vectors may be introduced into stem cells taken from the patient and clonally propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient. Delivery by transfection, by liposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art (Goldman, C.K. et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462- 466).
Any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a composition which generally comprises an active ingredient formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Excipients may include, for example, sugars, starches, celluloses, gums, and proteins. Various formulations are commonly known and are thoroughly discussed in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Publishing, Easton PA). Such compositions may consist of GCREC, antibodies to GCREC, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of GCREC. In various embodiments, the compositions described herein, such as pharmaceutical compositions, may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, pulmonary, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means. Compositions for pulmonary administration may be prepared in liquid or dry powder form. These compositions are generally aerosolized immediately prior to inhalation by the patient. In the case of small molecules (e.g. traditional low molecular weight organic drugs), aerosol delivery of fast- acting formulations is well-known in the art. In the case of macromolecules (e.g. larger peptides and proteins), recent developments in the field of pulmonary delivery via the alveolar region of the lung have enabled the practical delivery of drugs such as insulin to blood circulation (see, e.g., Patton, J.S. et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,997,848). Pulmonary delivery allows administration without needle injection, and obviates the need for potentially toxic penetration enhancers.
Compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose. The determination of an effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art. Specialized forms of compositions may be prepared for direct intracellular delivery of macromolecules comprising GCREC or fragments thereof. For example, liposome preparations containing a cell-impermeable macromolecule may promote cell fusion and intracellular delivery of the macromolecule. Alternatively, GCREC or a fragment thereof may be joined to a short cationic N- teπrϋnal portion from the HIV Tat-1 protein. Fusion proteins thus generated have been found to transduce into the cells of all tissues, including the brain, in a mouse model system (Schwarze, S.R. et al. (1999) Science 285:1569-1572).
For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic cells, or in ammal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, monkeys, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example GCREC or fragments thereof, antibodies of GCREC, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of GCREC, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be deterrnined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) or LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD50/ED50 ratio. Compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
The exact dosage will be deteπnined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels ofthe active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 μg to 100,000 μg, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of adrninistration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS
In another embodiment, antibodies which specifically bind GCREC maybe used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of GCREC, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with GCREC or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of GCREC. Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for GCREC include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect
GCREC in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used. A variety of protocols for measuring GCREC, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS, are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of GCREC expression. Normal or standard values for GCREC expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibodies to GCREC under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of GCREC expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used for diagnostic purposes. The polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotides, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs. The polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of GCREC may be correlated with disease. The diagnostic assay may be used to deteπriine absence, presence, and excess expression of GCREC, and to monitor regulation of GCREC levels during therapeutic intervention.
In one aspect, hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotides, including genomic sequences, encoding GCREC or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode GCREC. The specificity of the probe, whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5' regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification will deterrnine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding GCREC, allelic variants, or related sequences.
Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the GCREC encoding sequences. The hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ DD NO:23-44 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the GCREC gene.
Means for producing specific hybridization probes for polynucleotides encoding GCREC include the cloning of polynucleotides encoding GCREC or GCREC derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymerases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides. Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32P or 35S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems, and the like.
Polynucleotides encodmg GCREC may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of GCREC. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcmoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, cancers of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone maπow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; a neurological disorder such as epilepsy, ischemic cerebro vascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural empyema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myelitis and radiculitis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metabolic diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebelloretinalhemangioblastomatosis, encephalotrigerninal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metabolic, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and familial frontotemporal dementia; a cardiovascular disorder such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vasculitis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, complications of thrombolysis, balloon angioplasty, vascular replacement, and coronary artery bypass graft surgery, congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcific aortic valve stenosis, congenitally bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, nonbacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, and complications of cardiac transplantation; a gastrointestinal disorder such as dysphagia, peptic esophagitis, esophageal spasm, esophageal stricture, esophageal carcinoma, dyspepsia, indigestion, gastritis, gastric carcinoma, anorexia, nausea, emesis, gastroparesis, antral or pyloric edema, abdominal angina, pyrosis, gastroenteritis, intestinal obstruction, infections of the intestinal tract, peptic ulcer, cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, cholestasis, pancreatitis, pancreatic carcinoma, biliary tract disease, hepatitis, hyperbilrrubinemia, ciπhosis, passive congestion of the liver, hepatoma, infectious colitis, ulcerative colitis, ulcerative proctitis, Crohn's disease, Whipple's disease, Mallory- Weiss syndrome, colonic carcinoma, colonic obstruction, irritable bowel syndrome, short bowel syndrome, diaπhea, constipation, gastrointestinal hemoπhage, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS) enteropathy, jaundice, hepatic encephalopathy, hepatorenal syndrome, hepatic steatosis, hemochromatosis, Wilson's disease, alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency, Reye's syndrome, primary sclerosing cholangitis, liver infarction, portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, centrilobular necrosis, peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein thrombosis, veno-occlusive disease, preeclampsia, eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy, and hepatic tumors including nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and carcinomas; an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (ADDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, eryfhroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjδgren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma; a metabolic disorder such as diabetes, obesity, and osteoporosis; and an infection by a viral agent classified as adenovirus, arenavirus, bunyavirus, calicivirus, coronavirus, filovirus, hepadnavirus, herpesvirus, flavivirus, orthomyxovirus, parvovirus, papovavirus, paramyxovirus, picornavirus, poxvirus, reovirus, retrovirus, rhabdovirus, and tongavirus. Polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microaπays utiϋzing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered GCREC expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
In a particular embodiment, polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above. Polynucleotides complementary to sequences encoding GCREC may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of polynucleotides encoding GCREC in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in ammal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
In order to provide a basis for the diagnosis of a disorder associated with expression of GCREC, a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding GCREC, under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
Once the presence of a disorder is established and a treatment protocol is initiated, hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to deteπnine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject. The results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
With respect to cancer, the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual clinical symptoms. A more definitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earlier, thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
Additional diagnostic uses for oϋgonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding GCREC may involve the use of PCR. These oligomers may be chemically synthesized, generated enzymatically, or produced in vitro. Oligomers will preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding GCREC, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding GCREC, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. Oligomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
In a particular aspect, oligonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding GCREC may be used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs). SNPs are substitutions, insertions and deletions that are a frequent cause of inherited or acquired genetic disease in humans. Methods of SNP detection include, but are not limited to, single-stranded conformation polymorphism (SSCP) and fluorescent SSCP (fSSCP) methods. In SSCP, oligonucleotide primers derived from polynucleotides encoding GCREC are used to amplify DNA using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The DNA may be derived, for example, from diseased or normal tissue, biopsy samples, bodily fluids, and the like. SNPs in the DNA cause differences in the secondary and tertiary structures of PCR products in single-stranded form, and these differences are detectable using gel electrophoresis in non-denaturing gels. In fSCCP, the oligonucleotide primers are fluorescently labeled, which allows detection of the amplimers in high-throughput equipment such as DNA sequencing machines. Additionally, sequence database analysis methods, termed in silico SNP (isSNP), are capable of identifying polymorphisms by comparing the sequence of individual overlapping DNA fragments which assemble into a common consensus sequence. These computer-based methods filter out sequence variations due to laboratory preparation of DNA and sequencing eπors using statistical models and automated analyses of DNA sequence chromatograms. In the alternative, SNPs may be detected and characterized by mass spectrometry using, for example, the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc., San Diego CA). SNPs may be used to study the genetic basis of human disease. For example, at least 16 common SNPs have been associated with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. SNPs are also useful for examining differences in disease outcomes in monogenic disorders, such as cystic fibrosis, sickle cell anemia, or chronic granulomatous disease. For example, variants in the mannose-binding lectin, MBL2, have been shown to be correlated with deleterious pulmonary outcomes in cystic fibrosis. SNPs also have utility in pharmacogenomics, the identification of genetic variants that influence a patient's response to a drug, such as fe-threatening toxicity. For example, a variation in N-acetyl transferase is associated with a high incidence of peripheral neuropathy in response to the anti-tuberculosis drug isoniazid, while a variation in the core promoter of the ALOX5 gene results in diminished clinical response to treatment with an anti-asthma drug that targets the 5-lipoxygenase pathway. Analysis of the distribution of SNPs in different populations is useful for investigating genetic drift, mutation, recombination, and selection, as well as for tracing the origins of populations and their migrations (Taylor, J.G. et al. (2001) Trends Mol. Med. 7:507-512; Kwok, P.-Y. and Z. Gu
(1999) Mol. Med. Today 5:538-543; Nowotny, P. et al. (2001) Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 11:637-641). Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of GCREC include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamplifϊcation of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves (Melby, P.C. et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C. et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem. 212:229-236). The speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by ranning the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer or polynucleotide of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
In further embodiments, oligonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotides described herein may be used as elements on a microaπay. The microaπay can be used in transcript imaging techniques which monitor the relative expression levels of large numbers of genes simultaneously as described below. The microarray may also be used to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to deteπriine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, to monitor progression/regression of disease as a function of gene expression, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease. In particular, this information may be used to develop a pharmacogenomic profile of a patient in order to select the most appropriate and effective treatment regimen for that patient. For example, therapeutic agents which are highly effective and display the fewest side effects may be selected for a patient based on his/her pharmacogenomic profile. In another embodiment, GCREC, fragments of GCREC, or antibodies specific for GCREC may be used as elements on a microarray. The microarray may be used to monitor or measure protein-protein interactions, drug-target interactions, and gene expression profiles, as described above.
A particular embodiment relates to the use of the polynucleotides of the present invention to generate a transcript image of a tissue or cell type. A transcript image represents the global pattern of gene expression by a particular tissue or cell type. Global gene expression patterns are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed genes and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time (Seilhamer et al., "Comparative Gene Transcript Analysis," U.S. Patent No. 5,840,484; hereby expressly incorporated by reference herein). Thus a transcript image may be generated by hybridizing the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements to the totality of transcripts or reverse transcripts of a particular tissue or cell type. In one embodiment, the hybridization takes place in high-throughput format, wherein the polynucleotides of the present invention or their complements comprise a subset of a plurality of elements on a microarray. The resultant transcript image would provide a profile of gene activity.
Transcript images maybe generated using transcripts isolated from tissues, cell lines, biopsies, or other biological samples. The transcript image may thus reflect gene expression in vivo, as in the case of a tissue or biopsy sample, or in vitro, as in the case of a cell line. Transcript images which profile the expression of the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used in conjunction with in vitro model systems and preclinical evaluation of pharmaceuticals, as well as toxicological testing of industrial and naturally-occurring environmental compounds. All compounds induce characteristic gene expression patterns, frequently termed molecular fingerprints or toxicant signatures, which are indicative of mechanisms of action and toxicity (Nuwaysir, E.F. et al. (1999) Mol. Carcinog. 24:153-159; Sterner, S. and N.L. Anderson (2000)
Toxicol. Lett. 112-113 :467-471). If a test compound has a signature similar to that of a compound with known toxicity, it is likely to share those toxic properties. These fingerprints or signatures are most useful and refined when they contain expression information from a large number of genes and gene families. Ideally, a genome- wide measurement of expression provides the highest quality signature. Even genes whose expression is not altered by any tested compounds are important as well, as the levels of expression of these genes are used to normalize the rest of the expression data. The normalization procedure is useful for comparison of expression data after treatment with different compounds. While the assignment of gene function to elements of a toxicant signature aids in interpretation of toxicity mechanisms, knowledge of gene function is not necessary for the statistical matching of signatures which leads to prediction of toxicity (see, for example, Press Release 00-02 from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, released February 29, 2000, available at http://www.niehs.nih.gov/oc/news/toxchip.htm). Therefore, it is important and desirable in toxicological screening using toxicant signatures to include all expressed gene sequences.
In an embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound can be assessed by treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound. Nucleic acids that are expressed in the treated biological sample are hybridized with one or more probes specific to the polynucleotides of the present invention, so that transcript levels coπesponding to the polynucleotides of the present invention may be quantified. The transcript levels in the treated biological sample are compared with levels in an untreated biological sample. Differences in the transcript levels between the two samples are indicative of a toxic response caused by the test compound in the treated sample.
Another embodiment relates to the use of the polypeptides disclosed herein to analyze the proteome of a tissue or cell type. The term proteome refers to the global pattern of protein expression in a particular tissue or cell type. Each protem component of a proteome can be subjected individually to further analysis. Proteome expression patterns, or profiles, are analyzed by quantifying the number of expressed proteins and their relative abundance under given conditions and at a given time. A profile of a cell's proteome may thus be generated by separating and analyzing the polypeptides of a particular tissue or cell type. In one embodiment, the separation is achieved using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis, in which proteins from a sample are separated by isoelectric focusing in the first dimension, and then according to molecular weight by sodium dodecyl sulfate slab gel electrophoresis in the second dimension (Steiner and Anderson, supra). The proteins are visualized in the gel as discrete and uniquely positioned spots, typically by staining the gel with an agent such as Coomassie Blue or silver or fluorescent stains. The optical density of each protein spot is generally proportional to the level of the protein in the sample. The optical densities of equivalently positioned protein spots from different samples, for example, from biological samples either treated or untreated with a test compound or therapeutic agent, are compared to identify any changes in protein spot density related to the treatment. The proteins in the spots are partially sequenced using, for example, standard methods employing chemical or enzymatic cleavage followed by mass spectrometry. The identity of the protein in a spot may be deteπnined by comparing its partial sequence, preferably of at least 5 contiguous amino acid residues, to the polypeptide sequences of interest. In some cases, further sequence data may be obtained for definitive protein identification.
A proteomic profile may also be generated using antibodies specific for GCREC to quantify the levels of GCREC expression. In one embodiment, the antibodies are used as elements on a microaπay, and protem expression levels are quantified by exposing the microarray to the sample and detecting the levels of protein bound to each aπay element (Lueking, A. et al. (1999) Anal. Biochem. 270:103-111; Mendoze, L.G. et al. (1999) Biotechniques 27:778-788). Detection maybe performed by a variety of methods known in the art, for example, by reacting the proteins in the sample with a thiol- or amino-reactive fluorescent compound and detecting the amount of fluorescence bound at each aπay element.
Toxicant signatures at the proteome level are also useful for toxicological screening, and should be analyzed in parallel with toxicant signatures at the transcript level. There is a poor coπelation between transcript and protein abundances for some proteins in some tissues (Anderson, N.L. and J. Seilhamer (1997) Electrophoresis 18:533-537), so proteome toxicant signatures maybe useful in the analysis of compounds which do not significantly affect the transcript image, but which alter the proteomic profile. In addition, the analysis of transcripts in body fluids is difficult, due to rapid degradation of mRNA, so proteomic profiling may be more reliable and informative in such cases. In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins that are expressed in the treated biological sample are separated so that the amount of each protein can be quantified. The amount of each protem is compared to the amount of the coπesponding protein in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample. Individual proteins are identified by sequencing the amino acid residues of the individual proteins and comparing these partial sequences to the polypeptides of the present invention. In another embodiment, the toxicity of a test compound is assessed by treating a biological sample containing proteins with the test compound. Proteins from the biological sample are incubated with antibodies specific to the polypeptides of the present invention. The amount of protein recognized by the antibodies is quantified. The amount of protein in the treated biological sample is compared with the amount in an untreated biological sample. A difference in the amount of protein between the two samples is indicative of a toxic response to the test compound in the treated sample.
Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art (Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT appUcation W095/251116; Shalon, D. et al. (1995) PCT appUcation WO95/35505; Heller, RA. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150-2155; Heller, M.J. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,605,662). Various types of microaπays are weU known and thoroughly described in Schena, M., ed. (1999; DNA Microarrays: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, London).
In another embodiment of the invention, nucleic acid sequences encoding GCREC may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturaUy occurring genomic sequence. Either coding or noncoding sequences may be used, and in some instances, noncoding sequences may be preferable over coding sequences. For example, conservation of a coding sequence among members of a multi-gene family may potentially cause undesired cross hybridization during chromosomal mapping. The sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs), bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDNA Ubraries (Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345- 355; Price, CM. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; Trask, B.J. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154). Once mapped, the nucleic acid sequences may be used to develop genetic Unkage maps, for example, which correlate the inheritance of a disease state with the inheritance of a particular chromosome region or restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) (Lander, E.S. and D. Botstein (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7353-7357). Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) may be coπelated with other physical and genetic map data (Heinz-Ulrich, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968). Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online MendeUan Inheritance in Man (OMTM) World Wide Web site. Coπelation between the location of the gene encoding GCREC on a physical map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder and thus may further positional cloning efforts.
In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using estabUshed chromosomal markers, maybe used for extending genetic maps. Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammalian species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the exact chromosomal locus is not known. This information is valuable to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the gene or genes responsible for a disease or syndrome have been crudely locaUzed by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to llq22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation (Gatti, R.A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580). The nucleotide sequence of the instant invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
In another embodiment of the invention, GCREC, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oUgopeptides thereof can be used for screening Ubraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. The fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The formation of binding complexes between GCREC and the agent being tested may be measured.
Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds havmg suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest (Geysen, et al. (1984) PCT appUcation
WO84/03564). In this method, large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesized on a soUd substrate. The test compounds are reacted with GCREC, or fragments thereof, and washed.
Bound GCREC is then detected by methods well known in the art. Purified GCREC can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutraUzing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a soUd support. In another embodiment, one may use competitive drug screening assays in which neutraUzing antibodies capable of binding GCREC specifically compete with a test compound for binding GCREC.
In this manner, antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with GCREC.
In additional embodiments, the nucleotide sequences which encode GCREC may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are cuπently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions. Without further elaboration, it is beUeved that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utiUze the present invention to its fullest extent. The following embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
The disclosures of all patents, appUcations, and pubUcations mentioned above and below, including U.S. Ser. No. 60/317,783, U.S. Ser. No. 60/324,079, U.S. Ser. No. 60/329,217, U.S. Ser.
No. 60/348,418, U.S. Ser. No. 60/343,911, U.S. Ser. No. 60/332,362, and U.S. Ser. No. 60/328,944 are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
EXAMPLES I. Construction of cDNA Libraries
Incyte cDNAs were derived from cDNA Ubraries described in the LEFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA). Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Invitrogen), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods. Phenol extraction and precipitation of RNA were repeated as necessary to increase RNA purity. In some cases, RNA was treated with DNase. For most Ubraries, poly(A)+ RNA was isolated using oUgo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN). Alternatively, RNA was isolated directly from tissue lysates using other RNA isolation kits, e.g., the POLY(A)PURE mRNA purification kit (Ambion, Austin TX).
In some cases, Stratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the coπesponding cDNA Ubraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA Ubraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Invitrogen), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 5). Reverse transcription was initiated using oUgo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oUgonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double stranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes. For most Ubraries, the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL S1000, SEPHAROSE CL2B, or SEPHAROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Biosciences) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis. cDNAs were Ugated into compatible restriction enzyme sites of the polyUnker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRTPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORT1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), PCDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), PBK- CMV plasmid (Stratagene), PCR2-TOPOTA plasmid (Invitrogen), PCMV-ICIS plasmid (Stratagene), pIGEN (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA), pRARE (Incyte Genomics), or pINCY (Incyte Genomics), or derivatives thereof. Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coli cells including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5α, DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Invitrogen. II. Isolation of cDNA Clones
Plasmids obtained as described in Example I were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or by cell lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the following: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. FoUowing precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distiUed water and stored, with or without lyophiUzation, at 4°C.
Alternatively, plasmid DNA was ampUfied from host cell lysates using direct Unk PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in 384-well plates, and the concentration of ampUfied plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometricaUy using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) and a FLUOROSKAN D fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland). III. Sequencing and Analysis
Incyte cDNA recovered in plasmids as described in Example II were sequenced as follows. Sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or Wgh-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (AppUed Biosystems) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) Uquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Biosciences or suppUed in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Teπninator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems). Electrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Amersham Biosciences); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (AppUed Biosystems) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VDI. The polynucleotide sequences derived from Incyte cDNAs were vaUdated by removing vector, linker, and poly(A) sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programming, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis. The Incyte cDNA sequences or translations thereof were then queried against a selection of pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM; PROTEOME databases with sequences from Homo sapiens, Rattus norvegicus, Mus musculus, Caenorhabditis elegans, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, and Candida albicans (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA); hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, TNCY, and TIGRFAM (Haft, D.H. et al. (2001) Nucleic Acids Res. 29:41-43); and HMM-based protem domain databases such as SMART (Schultz, J. et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:5857-5864; Letunic, I. et al. (2002) Nucleic Acids Res. 30:242-244). (HMM is a probabilistic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene famiUes; see, for example, Eddy, S.R. (1996) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.) The queries were performed using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, BLIMPS, and HMMER. The Incyte cDNA sequences were assembled to produce full length polynucleotide sequences. Alternatively, GenBank cDNAs, GenBank ESTs, stitched sequences, stretched sequences, or Genscan-predicted coding sequences (see Examples IV and V) were used to extend Incyte cDNA assemblages to full length. Assembly was performed using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and cDNA assemblages were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The fuU length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the corresponding full length polypeptide sequences. Alternatively, a polypeptide may begin at any of the methionine residues of the fuU length translated polypeptide. Full length polypeptide sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank protein databases (genpept), SwissProt, the PROTEOME databases, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, hidden Markov model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM, INCY, and TIGRFAM; and HMM-based protein domain databases such as SMART. FuU length polynucleotide sequences are also analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (MiraiBio, Alameda CA) and LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence aUgnments are generated using default parameters specified by the CLUSTAL algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence aUgnment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aUgned sequences.
Table 7 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used for the analysis and assembly of Incyte cDNA and fuU length sequences and provides appUcable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. The first column of Table 7 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where appUcable, the scores, probabiUty values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score or the lower the probabiUty value, the greater the identity between two sequences).
The programs described above for the assembly and analysis of full length polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences were also used to identify polynucleotide sequence fragments from SEQ DD NO:23-44. Fragments from about 20 to about 4000 nucleotides which are useful in hybridization and ampUfication technologies are described in Table 4, column 2.
IV. Identification and Editing of Coding Sequences from Genomic DNA
Putative G-protein coupled receptors were initially identified by running the Genscan gene identification program against pubUc genomic sequence databases (e.g., gbpri and gbhtg). Genscan is a general-purpose gene identification program which analyzes genomic DNA sequences from a variety of organisms (Burge, C. and S. KarUn (1997) J. Mol. Biol. 268:78-94; Burge, C. and S. KarUn (1998) Cuπ. Opin. Struct. Biol. 8:346-354). The program concatenates predicted exons to form an assembled cDNA sequence extending from a methionine to a stop codon. The output of Genscan is a FASTA database of polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences. The maximum range of sequence for Genscan to analyze at once was set to 30 kb. To determine which of these Genscan predicted cDNA sequences encode G-protein coupled receptors, the encoded polypeptides were analyzed by querying against PFAM models for G-protein coupled receptors. Potential G-protein coupled receptors were also identified by homology to Incyte cDNA sequences that had been annotated as G-protein coupled receptors. These selected Genscan-predicted sequences were then compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases. Where necessary, the Genscan-predicted sequences were then edited by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept to correct eπors in the sequence predicted by Genscan, such as extra or omitted exons. BLAST analysis was also used to find any Incyte cDNA or pubUc cDNA coverage of the Genscan-predicted sequences, thus providing evidence for transcription. When Incyte cDNA coverage was available, this information was used to correct or confirm the Genscan predicted sequence. FuU length polynucleotide sequences were obtained by assembling Genscan-predicted coding sequences with Incyte cDNA sequences and/or pubUc cDNA sequences using the assembly process described in Example HI. Alternatively, fuU length polynucleotide sequences were derived entirely from edited or unedited Genscan-predicted coding sequences.
V. Assembly of Genomic Sequence Data with cDNA Sequence Data "Stitched" Sequences
Partial cDNA sequences were extended with exons predicted by the Genscan gene identification program described in Example IV. Partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example DI were mapped to genomic DNA and parsed into clusters containing related cDNAs and Genscan exon predictions from one or more genomic sequences. Each cluster was analyzed using an algorithm based on graph theory and dynamic programming to integrate cDNA and genomic information, generating possible spUce variants that were subsequently confirmed, edited, or extended to create a full length sequence. Sequence intervals in which the entire length of the interval was present on more than one sequence in the cluster were identified, and intervals thus identified were considered to be equivalent by transitivity. For example, if an interval was present on a cDNA and two genomic sequences, then aU three intervals were considered to be equivalent. This process allows unrelated but consecutive genomic sequences to be brought together, bridged by cDNA sequence. Intervals thus identified were then "stitched" together by the stitching algorithm in the order that they appear along their parent sequences to generate the longest possible sequence, as weU as sequence variants. Linkages between intervals which proceed along one type of parent sequence (cDNA to cDNA or genomic sequence to genomic sequence) were given preference over linkages which change parent type (cDNA to genomic sequence). The resultant stitched sequences were translated and compared by BLAST analysis to the genpept and gbpri pubUc databases. Incoπect exons predicted by Genscan were corrected by comparison to the top BLAST hit from genpept. Sequences were further extended with additional cDNA sequences, or by inspection of genomic DNA, when necessary. "Stretched" Sequences
Partial DNA sequences were extended to full length with an algorithm based on BLAST analysis. First, partial cDNAs assembled as described in Example DI were queried against pubUc databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammaUan, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases using the BLAST program. The nearest GenBank protein homolog was then compared by BLAST analysis to either Incyte cDNA sequences or GenScan exon predicted sequences described in Example IV. A chimeric protein was generated by using the resultant high-scoring segment pairs (HSPs) to map the translated sequences onto the GenBank protein homolog. Insertions or deletions may occur in the chimeric protein with respect to the original GenBank protein homolog. The GenBank protein homolog, the chimeric protein, or both were used as probes to search for homologous genomic sequences from the pubUc human genome databases. Partial DNA sequences were therefore "stretched" or extended by the addition of homologous genomic sequences. The resultant stretched sequences were examined to determine whether it contained a complete gene. VI. Chromosomal Mapping of GCREC Encoding Polynucleotides The sequences which were used to assemble SEQ DD NO:23-44 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and pubUc domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ DD NO:23-44 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 7). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from pubUc resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to deteπnine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of aU sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ DD NO:, to that map location.
Map locations are represented by ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes. The map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p- arm. (The centiMorgan (cM) is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.) The cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters. Human genome maps and other resources available to the pubUc, such as the NCBI "GeneMap'99" World Wide Web site (http://www.ncbi.nUn.nih.gov/genemap/), can be employed to deteπnine if previously identified disease genes map within or in proximity to the intervals indicated above. VII. Analysis of Polynucleotide Expression
Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular ceU type or tissue have been bound (Sambrook and RusseU, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 4).
Analogous computer techniques applying BLAST were used to search for identical or related molecules in databases such as GenBank or LIFESEQ (Incyte Genomics). This analysis is much faster than multiple membrane-based hybridizations. In addition, the sensitivity of the computer search can be modified to determine whether any particular match is categorized as exact or similar. The basis of the search is the product score, which is defined as:
BLAST Score x Percent Identity
5 x rriinimum {length(Seq. 1), length(Seq. 2)}
The product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match. The product score is a normaUzed value between 0 and 100, and is calculated as foUows: the BLAST score is multipUed by the percent nucleotide identity and the product is divided by (5 times the length of the shorter of the two sequences). The BLAST score is calculated by assigning a score of +5 for every base that matches in a high-scoring segment pair (HSP), and -4 for every mismatch. Two sequences may share more than one HSP (separated by gaps). If there is more than one HSP, then the pair with the highest BLAST score is used to calculate the product score. The product score represents a balance between fractional overlap and quaUty in a BLAST aUgnment. For example, a product score of 100 is produced only for 100% identity over the entire length of the shorter of the two sequences being compared. A product score of 70 is produced either by 100% identity and 70% overlap at one end, or by 88% identity and 100% overlap at the other. A product score of 50 is produced either by 100% identity and 50% overlap at one end, or 79% identity and 100% overlap.
Alternatively, polynucleotides encoding GCREC are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. For example, some fuU length sequences are assembled, at least in part, with overlapping Incyte cDNA sequences (see Example DI). Each cDNA sequence is derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a human tissue. Each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing organ/tissue categories: cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract. The number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories. Similarly, each human tissue is classified into one of the foUowing disease/condition categories: cancer, ceU line, developmental, inflammation, neurological, trauma, cardiovascular, pooled, and other, and the number of Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories. The resulting percentages reflect the tissue- and disease-specific expression of cDNA encoding GCREC. cDNA sequences and cDNA Ubrary/tissue information are found in the LIFESEQ GOLD database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA). VIII. Extension of GCREC Encoding Polynucleotides
FuU length polynucleotides are produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the fuU length molecule using oUgonucleotide primers designed from this fragment. One primer was synthesized to initiate 5' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer was synthesized to initiate 3 ' extension of the known fragment. The initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68 °C to about 72 °C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
Selected human cDNA Ubraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed. High fideUty ampUfication was obtained by PCR using methods weU known in the art. PCR was performed in 96-weU plates using the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Inc.). The reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg2+, (NH -SO,*, and 2-mercaptoethanol, Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Biosciences), ELONGASE enzyme (Invitrogen), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the foUowing parameters for primer pair PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C. In the alternative, the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as foUows: Step 1: 94 °C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 57°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68 °C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C.
The concentration of DNA in each weU was determined by dispensing 100 μl PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 μl of undiluted PCR product into each weU of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), aUowing the DNA to bind to the reagent. The plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan D (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concentration of DNA. A 5 l to 10 μl aUquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
The extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transfeπed to 384-weU plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to reUgation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences). For shotgun sequencing, the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega). Extended clones were reUgated using T4 Ugase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Biosciences), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fiU-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli ceUs. Transformed ceUs were selected on antibiotic-containing media, and individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-weU plates in LB/2x carb Uquid media.
The cells were lysed, and DNA was ampUfied by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Biosciences) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the foUowing parameters: Step
1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 72°C, 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72 °C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C. DNA was quantified by PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reampUfied using the same conditions as described above. Samples were diluted with 20% dimethysulfoxide (1:2, v/v), and sequenced using DYENAMIC energy transfer sequencing primers and the DYENAMIC DIRECT kit (Amersham Biosciences) or the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (AppUed Biosystems).
In like manner, full length polynucleotides are verified using the above procedure or are used to obtain 5 'regulatory sequences using the above procedure along with oUgonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic Ubrary. IX. Identification of Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms in GCREC Encoding Polynucleotides
Common DNA sequence variants known as single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) were identified in SEQ DD NO:23-44 using the LEFESEQ database (Incyte Genomics). Sequences from the same gene were clustered together and assembled as described in Example HI, aUowing the identification of aU sequence variants in the gene. An algorithm consisting of a series of filters was used to distinguish SNPs from other sequence variants. PreUminary filters removed the majority of basecaU eπors by requiring a minimum Phred quaUty score of 15, and removed sequence aUgnment errors and eπors resulting from improper trimming of vector sequences, chimeras, and spUce variants. An automated procedure of advanced chromosome analysis analysed the original chromatogram files in the vicinity of the putative SNP. Clone eπor filters used statisticaUy generated algorithms to identify errors introduced during laboratory processing, such as those caused by reverse transcriptase, polymerase, or somatic mutation. Clustering eπor filters used statisticaUy generated algorithms to identify errors resulting from clustering of close homologs or pseudogenes, or due to contamination by non-human sequences. A final set of filters removed dupUcates and SNPs found in immunoglobuUns or T-cell receptors. Certain SNPs were selected for further characterization by mass spectrometry using the high throughput MASSARRAY system (Sequenom, Inc.) to analyze aUele frequencies at the SNP sites in four different human populations. The Caucasian population comprised 92 individuals (46 male, 46 female), including 83 from Utah, four French, three Venezualan, and two Amish individuals. The African population comprised 194 individuals (97 male, 97 female), all African Americans. The Hispanic population comprised 324 individuals (162 male, 162 female), all Mexican Hispanic. The
Asian population comprised 126 individuals (64 male, 62 female) with a reported parental breakdown of 43% Chinese, 31% Japanese, 13% Korean, 5% Vietnamese, and 8% other Asian. AUele frequencies were first analyzed in the Caucasian population; in some cases those SNPs which showed no aUeUc variance in this population were not further tested in the other three populations.
X. Labeling and Use of Individual Hybridization Probes
Hybridization probes derived from SEQ DD NO:23-44 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oUgonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specificaUy described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. OUgonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oUgomer, 250 Ci of [γ-32P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Biosciences), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA). The labeled oUgonucleotides are substantiaUy purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Biosciences). An aUquot containing 107 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the foUowing endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl H, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu D (DuPont NEN). The DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & SchueU, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40 °C. To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentiaUy washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visuaUzed using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared.
XI. Microarrays
The Unkage or synthesis of aπay elements upon a microarray can be achieved utilizing photoUthography, piezoelectric printing (ink-jet printing; see, e.g., Baldeschweiler et al., supra), mechanical microspotting technologies, and derivatives thereof. The substrate in each of the aforementioned technologies should be uniform and soUd with a non-porous surface (Schena, M., ed. (1999) DNA Microarrays: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, London). Suggested substrates include siUcon, siUca, glass sUdes, glass chips, and siUcon wafers. Alternatively, a procedure analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to aπange and Unk elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures. A typical array may be produced using available methods and machines well known to those of ordinary skiU in the art and may contain any appropriate number of elements (Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645; MarshaU, A. and J. Hodgson (1998) Nat. Biotechnol. 16:27-31).
FuU length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments or oUgomers thereof may comprise the elements of the microaπay. Fragments or oUgomers suitable for hybridization can be selected us g software weU known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). The array elements are hybridized with polynucleotides in a biological sample. The polynucleotides in the biological sample are conjugated to a fluorescent label or other molecular tag for ease of detection. After hybridization, nonhybridized nucleotides from the biological sample are removed, and a fluorescence scanner is used to detect hybridization at each array element. Alternatively, laser desorbtion and mass spectrometry may be used for detection of hybridization. The degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each polynucleotide which hybridizes to an element on the microaπay may be assessed. In one embodiment, microarray preparation and usage is described in detail below. Tissue or Cell Sample Preparation
Total RNA is isolated from tissue samples using the guanidinium thiocyanate method and poly(A)+ RNA is purified using the oUgo-(dT) ceUulose method. Each poly(A)+ RNA sample is reverse transcribed using MMLV reverse-transcriptase, 0.05 pg/μl oUgo-(dT) primer (21mer), IX first strand buffer, 0.03 units/μl RNase inhibitor, 500 μM dATP, 500 μM dGTP, 500 μM dTTP, 40 μM dCTP, 40 μM dCTP-Cy3 (BDS) or dCTP-Cy5 (Amersham Biosciences). The reverse transcription reaction is performed in a 25 ml volume containing 200 ng poly(A)+ RNA with GEMBRIGHT kits (Incyte Genomics). Specific control poly(A)+ RNAs are synthesized by in vitro transcription from non-coding yeast genomic DNA. After incubation at 37° C for 2 hr, each reaction sample (one with Cy3 and another with Cy5 labeUng) is treated with 2.5 ml of 0.5M sodium hydroxide and incubated for 20 minutes at 85° C to the stop the reaction and degrade the RNA. Samples are purified using two successive CHROMA SPIN 30 gel filtration spin columns (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) and after combining, both reaction samples are ethanol precipitated using 1 ml of glycogen (1 mg/ml), 60 ml sodium acetate, and 300 ml of 100% ethanol. The sample is then dried to completion using a SpeedVAC (Savant Instruments Inc., Holbrook NY) and resuspended in 14 μl 5X SSC/0.2% SDS. Microarray Preparation
Sequences of the present invention are used to generate array elements. Each array element is ampUfied from bacterial ceUs containing vectors with cloned cDNA inserts. PCR ampUfication uses primers complementary to the vector sequences flanking the cDNA insert. Array elements are ampUfied in thirty cycles of PCR from an initial quantity of 1-2 ng to a final quantity greater than 5 μg. AmpUfied aπay elements are then purified using SEPHACRYL-400 (Amersham Biosciences).
Purified aπay elements are irnmobiUzed on polymer-coated glass sUdes. Glass microscope sUdes (Corning) are cleaned by ultrasound in 0.1% SDS and acetone, with extensive distiUed water washes between and after treatments. Glass sUdes are etched in 4% hydrofluoric acid (VWR Scientific Products Corporation (VWR), West Chester PA), washed extensively in distiUed water, and coated with 0.05% aminopropyl silane (Sigma) in 95% ethanol. Coated sUdes are cured in a 110°C oven.
Array elements are appUed to the coated glass substrate using a procedure described in U.S. Patent No. 5,807,522, incorporated herein by reference. 1 μl of the aπay element DNA, at an average concentration of 100 ng/μl, is loaded into the open capiUary printing element by a high-speed robotic apparatus. The apparatus then deposits about 5 nl of aπay element sample per sUde.
Microaπays are UV-crosslinked using a STRATALINKER UV-crossUnker (Stratagene). Microarrays are washed at room temperature once in 0.2% SDS and three times in distiUed water. Non-specific binding sites are blocked by incubation of microarrays in 0.2% casein in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (Tropix, Inc., Bedford MA) for 30 minutes at 60°C foUowed by washes in 0.2% SDS and distiUed water as before. Hybridization
Hybridization reactions contain 9 μl of sample mixture consisting of 0.2 μg each of Cy3 and Cy5 labeled cDNA synthesis products in 5X SSC, 0.2% SDS hybridization buffer. The sample mixture is heated to 65° C for 5 minutes and is aUquoted onto the microarray surface and covered with an 1.8 cm2 coversUp. The aπays are transfeπed to a waterproof chamber having a cavity just sUghtly larger than a microscope sUde. The chamber is kept at 100% humidity internally by the addition of 140 μl of 5X SSC in a corner of the chamber. The chamber containing the arrays is incubated for about 6.5 hours at 60° C. The aπays are washed for 10 min at 45°C in a first wash buffer (IX SSC, 0.1% SDS), three times for 10 rninutes each at 45° C in a second wash buffer (0. IX SSC), and dried. Detection
Reporter-labeled hybridization complexes are detected with a microscope equipped with an Innova 70 mixed gas 10 W laser (Coherent, Inc., Santa Clara CA) capable of generating spectral lines at 488 nm for excitation of Cy3 and at 632 nm for excitation of Cy5. The excitation laser Ught is focused on the array using a 20X microscope objective (Nikon, Inc., MelviUe NY). The sUde containing the array is placed on a computer-controUed X-Y stage on the microscope and raster- scanned past the objective. The 1.8 cm x 1.8 cm aπay used in the present example is scanned with a resolution of 20 micrometers.
In two separate scans, a mixed gas multiline laser excites the two fluorophores sequentiaUy. Emitted Ught is spUt, based on wavelength, into two photomultipUer tube detectors (PMT R1477, Hamamatsu Photonics Systems, Bridgewater NJ) coπesponding to the two fluorophores. Appropriate filters positioned between the array and the photomultipUer tubes are used to filter the signals. The emission maxima of the fluorophores used are 565 nm for Cy3 and 650 nm for Cy5. Each array is typicaUy scanned twice, one scan per fluorophore using the appropriate filters at the laser source, although the apparatus is capable of recording the spectra from both fluorophores simultaneously. The sensitivity of the scans is typicaUy caUbrated usmg the signal intensity generated by a cDNA control species added to the sample mixture at a known concentration. A specific location on the array contains a complementary DNA sequence, aUowing the intensity of the signal at that location to be coπelated with a weight ratio of hybridizing species of 1:100,000. When two samples from different sources (e.g., representing test and control cells), each labeled with a different fluorophore, are hybridized to a single aπay for the purpose of identifying genes that are differentiaUy expressed, the caUbration is done by labeUng samples of the caUbrating cDNA with the two fluorophores and adding identical amounts of each to the hybridization mixture.
The output of the photomultipUer tube is digitized using a 12-bit RTI-835H analog-to-digital (A/D) conversion board (Analog Devices, Inc., Norwood MA) instaUed in an IBM-compatible PC computer. The digitized data are displayed as an image where the signal intensity is mapped usmg a linear 20-color transformation to a pseudocolor scale ranging from blue (low signal) to red (high signal). The data is also analyzed quantitatively. Where two different fluorophores are excited and measured simultaneously, the data are first corrected for optical crosstalk (due to overlapping emission spectra) between the fluorophores using each fluorophore 's emission spectrum.
A grid is superimposed over the fluorescence signal image such that the signal from each spot is centered in each element of the grid. The fluorescence signal within each element is then integrated to obtain a numerical value corresponding to the average intensity of the signal. The software used for signal analysis is the GEMTOOLS gene expression analysis program (Incyte Genomics). Aπay elements that exhibit at least about a two-fold change in expression, a signal-to-background ratio of at least about 2.5, and an element spot size of at least about 40%, are considered to be differentiaUy expressed. Expression
For example, SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 showed differential expression in breast carcinoma ceU lines versus primary mammary epitheUal ceUs as determined by microarray analysis. The breast carcinoma ceU lines mclude BT20, a breast carcinoma ceU line derived in vitro from ceUs emigrating out of thin sUces of a tumor mass isolated from a 74-year-old female; BT474, a breast ductal carcinoma ceU line isolated from a soUd, invasive ductal carcinoma of the breast from a 60- year-old female; BT483, a breast ductal carcmoma cell line isolated from a papiUary invasive ductal tumor from a 23-year-old normal, menstruating, parous female; HS578T, abreast ductal carcinoma ceU line isolated from a 74-year-old female with breast carcinoma; MCF7, a breast adenocarcinoma ceU line derived from the pleural effusion of a 69-year-old female; and MDA-mb-468, a breast adenocarcmoma ceU line isolated from the pleural effusion of a 51 -year-old female with metastatic adenocarcinoma of the breast. The primary mammary epitheUal ceU line HMEC was derived from normal human mammary tissue (Clonetics, San Diego, CA). The microaπay experiments showed that the expression of SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 were decreased by at least two fold in aU six breast carcinoma lines (BT20, BT474, BT483, HS578T, MCF7, and MDA-mb-468) relative to ceUs from the primary mammary epitheUal ceU line, HMEC. Therefore, SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 are useful as diagnostic markers or as potential therapeutic targets for breast cancer.
SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 also showed differential .expression in prostate carcinoma ceU lines versus normal prostate epitheUal ceUs as determined by microarray analysis. The prostate carcinoma ceU lines include DU 145, LNCaP, and PC-3. DU 145 was isolated from a metastatic site in the brain of a 69 year old male with widespread metastatic prostate carcinoma. DU 145 has no detectable sensitivity to hormones; forms colonies in semi-soUd medium; is only weakly positive for acid phosphatase; and ceUs are negative for prostate specific antigen (PSA). LNCaP is a prostate carcinoma cell line isolated from a lymph node biopsy of a 50 year old male with metastatic prostate carcmoma. LNCaP expresses PSA, produces prostate acid phosphatase, and expresses androgen receptors. PC-3, a prostate adenocarcinoma cell Une, was isolated from a metastatic site in the bone of a 62 year old male with grade IV prostate adenocarcinoma. The normal epitheUal cell ne, PrEC, is a primary prostate epitheUal ceU Une isolated from a normal donor. The microarray experiments showed that the expression of SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 were decreased by at least two fold in aU three prostate carcinoma lines (DU 145, LNCaP, and PC-3) relative to ceUs from the normal prostate epitheUal cell Une, PrEC. Therefore, SEQ DD NO:30 and SEQ DD NO:31 are useful as diagnostic markers or as potential therapeutic targets for prostate cancer.
For example, SEQ DD NO:41 showed decreased expression in dendritic ceUs treated with anti- CD40 versus untreated dendritic ceUs, as determined by microarray analysis. Dendritic ceUs (DCs) are antigen presenting cells that play a crucial role in the initiation of the immune response. Human monocytic dendritic ceUs (mDCs) were derived in vitro from the adherent ceUular fraction of the peripheral blood of 4 healthy volunteer donors. The adherent leukocytes, mostly monocytes, were incubated for 13 days in the presence of recombinant interleukin-4 IL-4 (10 ng/ml) and granulocyte/macrophage colony stimulating factor (10 ng/ ml). Antibodies specific for CD40 molecules can induce proUferation of B ceUs when presented with IL-4 or antibodies specific for CD20 molecules. The differentiated mDCs were collected after 13 days from the non-adherent ceUular fraction and activated in the presence of soluble mouse anti-human CD40 antibodies for 2, 8, and 24 hours. The anti-CD40 treated mDCs were compared to untreated mDCs. Therefore, SEQ DD NO:41 is useful in monitoring treatment of, and diagnostic assays for, autoimmune/inflammation disorders.
XII. Complementary Polynucleotides
Sequences complementary to the GCREC-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturaUy occurring GCREC. Although use of oUgonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentiaUy the same procedure is used with smaUer or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate oUgonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the codmg sequence of GCREC. To inhibit transcription, a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5' sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary oUgonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the GCREC-encoding transcript.
XIII. Expression of GCREC
Expression and purification of GCREC is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems. For expression of GCREC in bacteria, cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA transcription. Examples of such promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element. Recombinant vectors are transformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3). Antibiotic resistant bacteria express GCREC upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG). Expression of GCREC in eukaryotic ceUs is achieved by infecting insect or mammaUan cell Unes with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus. The nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encodmg GCREC by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription. Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect ceUs in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases. Infection of the latter requires additional genetic modifications to baculovirus (Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937- 1945).
In most expression systems, GCREC is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, peimitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude ceU lysates. GST, a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma japonicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobiUzed glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Biosciences). FoUowing purification, the GST moiety can be proteolyticaUy cleaved from GCREC at specificaUy engineered sites. FLAG, an 8-amino acid peptide, enables immunoaffinity purification using commerciaUy available monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6-His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel et al. (supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified GCREC obtained by these methods can be used directly in the assays shown in Examples XVII, XVDI, and XIX where appUcable. XIV. Functional Assays GCREC function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding GCREC at physiologicaUy elevated levels in mammaUan ceU culture systems. cDNA is subcloned into a mammaUan expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression. Vectors of choice mclude PCMV SPORT plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA) and PCR3.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 μg of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human ceU Une, for example, an endotheUal or hematopoietic ceU Une, using either Uposome formulations or electroporation. 1-2 μg of an additional plasmid containing sequences encodmg a marker protein are co-transfected. Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected ceUs and is a reUable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector. Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein. Flow cytometry (FCM), an automated, laser optics-based technique, is used to identify transfected ceUs expressing GFP or CD64-GFP and to evaluate the apoptotic state of the ceUs and other ceUular properties. FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with ceU death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in cell size and granularity as measured by forward Ught scatter and 90 degree side Ught scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of cell surface and intraceUular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the ceU surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M.G. (1994; Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York NY).
The influence of GCREC on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of ceUs transfected with sequences encoding GCREC and either CD64 or CD64-GFP.
CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected ceUs and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG). Transfected ceUs are efficiently separated from nontransfected ceUs using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY). mRNA can be purified from the ceUs using methods weU known by those of skill in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding GCREC and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques. XV. Production of GCREC Specific Antibodies
GCREC substantiaUy purified using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE; see, e.g., Haπington, M.G. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:488-495), or other purification techniques, is used to immunize animals (e.g., rabbits, mice, etc.) and to produce antibodies usmg standard protocols. Alternatively, the GCREC amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to deteπnine regions of high immunogenicity, and a coπesponding oUgopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skiU in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophiUc regions are weU described in the art (Ausubel et al., supra, ch. 11).
Typically, oUgopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431A peptide synthesizer (AppUed Biosystems) using FMOC chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleinήdobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity (Ausubel et al, supra). Rabbits are immunized with the oUgopeptide-KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant. Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-GCREC activity by, for example, binding the peptide or GCREC to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG. XVI. Purification of Naturally Occurring GCREC Using Specific Antibodies
NaturaUy occurring or recombinant GCREC is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography usmg antibodies specific for GCREC. An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-GCREC antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Biosciences). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Media containing GCREC are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that aUow the preferential absorbance of GCREC (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). The column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/GCREC binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaottope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and GCREC is coUected.
XVII. Identification of Molecules Which Interact vith GCREC
Molecules which interact with GCREC may include agonists and antagonists, as weU as molecules involved in signal transduction, such as G proteins. GCREC, or a fragment thereof, is labeled with 125I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.) A fragment of GCREC includes, for example, a fragment comprising one or more of the three extraceUular loops, the extraceUular N-terminal region, or the third intraceUular loop. Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-weU plate are incubated with the labeled GCREC, washed, and any weUs with labeled GCREC complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of GCREC are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of GCREC with the candidate Ugand molecules.
Alternatively, molecules interacting with GCREC are analyzed usmg the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song (1989) Nature 340:245-246, or using commerciaUy available kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech). GCREC may also be used in the PATHCALLING process (CuraGen Corp., New Haven CT) which employs the yeast two-hybrid system in a high-throughput manner to determine aU interactions between the proteins encoded by two large Ubraries of genes (Nandabalan, K. et al. (2000) U.S. Patent No. 6,057,101).
Potential GCREC agonists or antagonists may be tested for activation or inhibition of GCREC receptor activity using the assays described in sections XVDT and XIX. Candidate molecules may be selected from known GPCR agonists or antagonists, peptide Ubraries, or combinatorial chemical Ubraries. Methods for detecting interactions of GCREC with intraceUular signal transduction molecules such as G proteins are based on the premise that internal segments or cytoplasmic domains from an orphan G protein-coupled seven transmembrane receptor may be exchanged with the analogous domains of a known G protein-coupled seven transmembrane receptor and used to identify the G- proteins and downstream signaling pathways activated by the orphan receptor domains (Kobilka, B.K. et al. (1988) Science 240:1310-1316). In an analogous fashion, domains of the orphan receptor may be cloned as a portion of a fusion protein and used in binding assays to demonstrate interactions with specific G proteins. Studies have shown that the third intraceUular loop of G protein-coupled seven transmembrane receptors is important for G protein interaction and signal transduction (Conklin, B.R. et al. (1993) CeU 73:631-641). For example, the DNA fragment corresponding to the third intraceUular loop of GCREC may be ampUfied by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and subcloned into a fusion vector such as pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech). The construct is transformed into an appropriate bacterial host, induced, and the fusion protein is purified from the ceU lysate by glutathione-Sepharose 4B (Pharmacia Biotech) affinity chromatography. For in vitro binding assays, ceU extracts containing G proteins are prepared by extraction with
50 mM Tris, pH 7.8, 1 mM EGTA, 5 mM MgCl2, 20 mM CHAPS, 20% glycerol, 10 μg of both aprotinin and leupeptm, and 20 μl of 50 mM phenyUnethylsulfonyl fluoride. The lysate is incubated on ice for 45 min with constant stirring, centrifuged at 23,000 g for 15 min at 4°C, and the supernatant is coUected. 750 μg of ceU extract is incubated with glutathione S-transferase (GST) fusion protein beads for 2 h at 4°C. The GST beads are washed five times with phosphate-buffered saline. Bound G protein subunits are detected by [32P]ADP-ribosylation with pertussis or cholera toxins. The reactions are terminated by the addition of SDS sample buffer (4.6% (w/v) SDS, 10% (v/v) β-mercaptoethanol, 20% (w/v) glycerol, 95.2 mM Tris-HCl, pH 6.8, 0.01% (w/v) bromphenol blue). The [32P]ADP-labeled proteins are separated on 10% SDS-PAGE gels, and autoradiographed. The separated proteins in these gels are transfeπed to nitroceUulose paper, blocked with blotto (5% nonfat dried milk, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 2 mM CaCl2, 80 mM NaCl, 0.02% NaN3, and 0.2% Nonidet P-40) for 1 hour at room temperature, followed by incubation for 1.5 hours with Gα subtype selective antibodies (1:500; Calbiochem-Novabiochem). After three washes, blots are incubated with horseradish peroxidase (HRP)-conjugated goat anti-rabbit immunoglobulin (1:2000, Cappel, Westchester PA) and visuaUzed by the chemiluminescence-based ECL method (Amersham Corp.). XVIII. Demonstration of GCREC Activity
An assay for GCREC activity measures the expression of GCREC on the ceU surface. cDNA encoding GCREC is transfected into an appropriate mammaUan ceU Une. CeU surface proteins are labeled with biotin as described (de la Fuente, M.A. et al. (1997) Blood 90:2398-2405). Immunoprecipitations are performed using GCREC-specific antibodies, and immunoprecipitated samples are analyzed using sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) and immunoblotting techniques. The ratio of labeled immunoprecipitant to unlabeled immunoprecipitant is proportional to the amount of GCREC expressed on the ceU surface. In the alternative, an assay for GCREC activity is based on a prototypical assay for Ugand/receptor-mediated modulation of ceU proUferation. This assay measures the rate of DNA synthesis in Swiss mouse 3T3 ceUs. A plasmid containing polynucleotides encoding GCREC is added to quiescent 3T3 cultured ceUs using transfection methods weU known in the art. The transiently transfected ceUs are then incubated in the presence of [3H]thymidine, a radioactive DNA precursor molecule. Varying amounts of GCREC Ugand are then added to the cultured ceUs. Incorporation of [3H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA is measured over an appropriate time interval using a radioisotope counter, and the amount incorporated is directly proportional to the amount of newly synthesized DNA. A linear dose-response curve over at least a hundred-fold GCREC Ugand concentration range is indicative of receptor activity. One unit of activity per milUUter is defined as the concentration of GCREC producing a 50% response level, where 100% represents maximal incorporation of [3H]thymidine into acid-precipitable DNA (McKay, I. and I. Leigh, eds. (1993) Growth Factors: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York NY, p. 73.) In a further alternative, the assay for GCREC activity is based upon the abiUty of GPCR family proteins to modulate G protein-activated second messenger signal transduction pathways (e.g., cAMP; Gaudin, P. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:4990-4996). A plasmid encoding fuU length GCREC is transfected into a mammaUan ceU Une (e.g., Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) or human embryonic kidney (HEK-293) ceU lines) using methods weU-known in the art. Transfected ceUs are grown in 12-weU trays in culture medium for 48 hours, then the culture medium is discarded, and the attached ceUs are gently washed with PBS. The ceUs are then incubated in culture medium with or without Ugand for 30 minutes, then the medium is removed and cells lysed by treatment with 1 M perchloric acid. The cAMP levels in the lysate are measured by radioimmunoassay using methods weU-known in the art. Changes in the levels of cAMP in the lysate from ceUs exposed to Ugand compared to those without Ugand are proportional to the amount of GCREC present in the transfected ceUs.
To measure changes in inositol phosphate levels, the ceUs are grown in 24-weU plates containing lxlO5 ceUs/weU and incubated with inositol-free media and [3H]myoinositol, 2 μCi/weU, for 48 hr. The culture medium is removed, and the ceUs washed with buffer containing 10 mM LiCl foUowed by addition of Ugand. The reaction is stopped by addition of perchloric acid. Inositol phosphates are extracted and separated on Dowex AG1-X8 (Bio-Rad) anion exchange resin, and the total labeled mositol phosphates counted by Uquid scintillation. Changes in the levels of labeled inositol phosphate from ceUs exposed to Ugand compared to those without Ugand are proportional to the amount of GCREC present in the transfected ceUs.
A yeast two-hybrid system can be used to demonstrate binding and formation of a stable complex between a protein and a specific receptor, in which the yeast (e.g., strain yl90 (MATa gal4 gal80 his3 trpl-901 ade2-101 ura3-52 leu2-3,-112 + URA3:: GALJacZ, LYS2:: GAL_HIS3 cyhr) is grown in yeast extract, peptone, and dextrose (YPD), Synthetic Complete (SC), or drop-out medium (Harper, J.W. et al. (1993) CeU 75:805-816). Affinity chromatography can be used to biochemicaUy characterize the interaction and demonstrate Ugand recognition and binding, by mixing purified proteins (GST or GST fusions) with whole-ceU protein (e.g., HEK293 human embryonic kidney ceUs transfected with vector of interest). Bound protein is extracted and fractionated on a 10% SDS- PAGE, and subsequently detected by Western blotting (Tsai, R.Y.L. and R.R. Reed (1997) J. Neurosci. 17:4159-4169).
Nerve impulse activity can be assessed directly using a recording pipette, wherem fluoride- sensiUum-lymph Ringer (SLR) is appUed to single sensiUa trichodea (speciaUzed sensory organs). For example, sensiUa trichodea from male moths (Bombyx mori) are accessed via the opened tip of a sensory hair, and then used to measure changes in spontaneous nerve impulse activity. This impulse activity can be recorded directly from receptor ceUs (e.g., bombykol, bombykal ) (Laue, M. et al. (1997) CeU Tissue Res. 288:149-158). XIX. Identification of GCREC Ligands GCREC is expressed in a eukaryotic ceU Une such as CHO (Chinese Hamster Ovary) or
HEK (Human Embryonic Kidney) 293 which have a good history of GPCR expression and which contain a wide range of G-proteins allowing for functional coupUng of the expressed GCREC to downstream effectors. The transformed ceUs are assayed for activation of the expressed receptors in the presence of candidate Ugands. Activity is measured by changes in intraceUular second messengers, such as cycUc AMP or Ca2+. These may be measured directly using standard methods weU known in the art, or by the use of reporter gene assays in which a luminescent protein (e.g. firefly luciferase or green fluorescent protein) is under the transcriptional control of a promoter responsive to the stimulation of protein kinase C by the activated receptor (MilUgan, G. et al. (1996) Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 17:235-237). Assay technologies are available for both of these second messenger systems to aUow high throughput readout in multi-weU plate format, such as the adenylyl cyclase activation FlashPlate Assay (NEN Life Sciences Products), or fluorescent Ca2+ indicators such as Fluo-4 AM (Molecular Probes) in combination with the FLIPR fluorimetric plate reading system
(Molecular Devices). In cases where the physiologicaUy relevant second messenger pathway is not known, GCREC may be coexpressed with the G-proteins Gαl5 16 which have been demonstrated to couple to a wide range of G-proteins (Offermanns, S. and M.L Simon (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270:15175-15180), in order to funnel the signal transduction of the GCREC through a pathway involving phosphoUpase C and Ca2+ mobiUzation. Alternatively, GCREC may be expressed in engineered yeast systems which lack endogenous GPCRs, thus providing the advantage of a nuU background for GCREC activation screening. These yeast systems substitute a human GPCR and Gα protem for the corresponding components of the endogenous yeast pheromone receptor pathway. Downstream signaling pathways are also modified so that the normal yeast response to the signal is converted to positive growth on selective media or to reporter gene expression (Broach, J.R. and J.
Thorner (1996) Nature 384 (supp.):14-16). The receptors are screened against putative Ugands mcludmg known GPCR Ugands and other naturaUy occurring bioactive molecules. Biological extracts from tissues, biological fluids and ceU supernatants are also screened.
Various modifications and variations of the described compositions, methods, and systems of the invention wiU be apparent to those skiUed in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. It wiU be appreciated that the invention provides novel and useful proteins, and their encoding polynucleotides, which can be used in the drug discovery process, as weU as methods for using these compositions for the detection, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases and conditions. Although the invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Nor should the description of such embodiments be considered exhaustive or Umit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Furthermore, elements from one embodiment can be readily recombined with elements from one or more other embodiments. Such combinations can form a number of embodiments within the scope of the invention. It is intended that the scope of the invention be defined by the foUowing claims and their equivalents. Table 1
Figure imgf000100_0001
Table 2
o o
Figure imgf000101_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000102_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000103_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000104_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000105_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000106_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000107_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000108_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000109_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000110_0001
Table 2
Figure imgf000111_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000112_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000113_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000114_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000115_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000116_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000117_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000118_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000119_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000120_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000121_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000122_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000123_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000124_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000125_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000126_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000127_0001
Table 3
Table 3
Figure imgf000129_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000130_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000131_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000132_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000133_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000134_0001
Table 4
Figure imgf000135_0001
Table 4
Figure imgf000136_0001
Table 4
Figure imgf000137_0001
Table 5
Figure imgf000138_0001
Table 6
Figure imgf000139_0001
Table 7
Figure imgf000140_0001
Table 7
4-.
O
Figure imgf000141_0001

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ K) NO:l-22, b) a polypeptide comprising a naturally occurring amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-18 and SEQ ID NO:20-22, c) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and d) an immunogenic fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
2. An isolated polypeptide of claim 1 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1 -22.
3. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 1.
4. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 2.
5. An isolated polynucleotide of claim 4 comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44.
6. A recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide of claim 3.
7. A cell transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
8. A transgenic organism comprising a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 6.
9. A method of producing a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide, and said recombinant polynucleotide comprises a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 1, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
10. A method of claim 9, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
11. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide of claim 1.
12. An isolated polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:23-44, b) a polynucleotide comprising a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence at least 90% identical to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of
SEQ ID NO:23-44, c) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of a), d) a polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide of b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
13. An isolated polynucleotide comprising at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12.
14. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide or fragments thereof, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
15. A method of claim 14, wherein the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
16. A method of detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12, the method comprising: a) amplifying said target polynucleotide or fragment thereof using polymerase chain reaction amplification, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said amplified target polynucleotide or fragment thereof, and, optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
17. A composition comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
18. A composition of claim 17, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
19. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the composition of claim 17.
20. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
21. A composition comprising an agonist compound identified by a method of claim 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
22. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 21.
23. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
24. A composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by a method of claim 23 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
25. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional GCREC, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a composition of claim 24.
26. A method of screening for a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under suitable conditions, and b) detecting binding of the polypeptide of claim 1 to the test compound, thereby identifying a compound that specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 1.
27. A method of screening for a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) combining the polypeptide of claim 1 with at least one test compound under conditions permissive for the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1, b) assessing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound, and c) comparing the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound with the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the absence of the test compound, wherein a change in the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1 in the presence of the test compound is indicative of a compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 1.
28. A method of screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a sequence of claim 5, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, under conditions suitable for the expression of the target polynucleotide, b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide, and c) comparing the expression of the target polynucleotide in the presence of varying amounts of the compound and in the absence of the compound.
29. A method of assessing toxicity of a test compound, the method comprising: a) treating a biological sample containing nucleic acids with the test compound, b) hybridizing the nucleic acids of the treated biological sample with a probe comprising at least 20 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 12 under conditions whereby a specific hybridization complex is formed between said probe and a target polynucleotide in the biological sample, said target polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 12 or fragment thereof, c) quantifying the amount of hybridization complex, and d) comparing the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample with the amount of hybridization complex in an untreated biological sample, wherein a difference in the amount of hybridization complex in the treated biological sample is indicative of toxicity of the test compound.
30. A method for a diagnostic test for a condition or disease associated with the expression of
GCREC in a biological sample, the method comprising: a) combining the biological sample with an antibody of claim 11, under conditions suitable for the antibody to bind the polypeptide and form an antibody :polypeptide complex, and b) detecting the complex, wherein the presence of the complex correlates with the presence of the polypeptide in the biological sample.
31. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is: a) a chimeric antibody, b) a single chain antibody, c) a Fab fragment, d) a F(ab')2 fragment, or e) a humanized antibody.
32. A composition comprising an antibody of claim 11 and an acceptable excipient.
33. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of GCREC in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim 32.
34. A composition of claim 32, wherein the antibody is labeled.
35. A method of diagnosing a condition or disease associated with the expression of GCREC in a subject, comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of the composition of claim
34.
36. A method of preparing a polyclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim 11, the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibodies from the animal, and c) screening the isolated antibodies with the polypeptide, thereby identifying a polyclonal antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
37. A polyclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 36.
38. A composition comprising the polyclonal antibody of claim 37 and a suitable carrier.
39. A method of making a monoclonal antibody with the specificity of the antibody of claim 11, the method comprising: a) immunizing an animal with a polypeptide consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, or an immunogenic fragment thereof, under conditions to elicit an antibody response, b) isolating antibody producing cells from the animal, c) fusing the antibody producing cells with immortalized cells to form monoclonal antibody-producing hybridoma cells, d) culturing the hybridoma cells, and e) isolating from the culture monoclonal antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22.
40. A monoclonal antibody produced by a method of claim 39.
41. A composition comprising the monoclonal antibody of claim 40 and a suitable carrier.
42. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is produced by screening a Fab expression library.
43. The antibody of claim 11, wherein the antibody is produced by screening a recombinant immunoglobulin library.
44. A method of detecting a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22 in a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with the sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) detecting specific binding, wherein specific binding indicates the presence of a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22 in the sample.
45. A method of purifying a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22 from a sample, the method comprising: a) incubating the antibody of claim 11 with the sample under conditions to allow specific binding of the antibody and the polypeptide, and b) separating the antibody from the sample and obtaining the purified polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID
NO: 1-22.
46. A microarray wherein at least one element of the microarray is a polynucleotide of claim
13.
47. A method of generating an expression profile of a sample which contains polynucleotides, the method comprising: a) labeling the polynucleotides of the sample, b) contacting the elements of the microarray of claim 46 with the labeled polynucleotides of the sample under conditions suitable for the formation of a hybridization complex, and c) quantifying the expression of the polynucleotides in the sample.
48. An array comprising different nucleotide molecules affixed in distinct physical locations on a solid substrate, wherein at least one of said nucleotide molecules comprises a first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence specifically hybridizable with at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of a target polynucleotide, and wherein said target polynucleotide is a polynucleotide of claim 12.
49. An array of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 30 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
50. An array of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of said target polynucleotide.
51. An array of claim 48, wherein said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence is completely complementary to said target polynucleotide.
52. An array of claim 48, which is a microarray.
53. An array of claim 48, further comprising said target polynucleotide hybridized to a nucleotide molecule comprising said first oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequence.
54. An array of claim 48, wherein a linker joins at least one of said nucleotide molecules to said solid substrate.
55. An array of claim 48, wherein each distinct physical location on the substrate contains multiple nucleotide molecules, and the multiple nucleotide molecules at any single distinct physical location have the same sequence, and each distinct physical location on the substrate contains nucleotide molecules having a sequence which differs from the sequence of nucleotide molecules at another distinct physical location on the substrate.
56. A method of identifying a compound that modulates, mimics and/or blocks an olfactory and/or taste sensation, the method comprising: a) contacting the compound with an olfactory and/or taste receptor polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: i) a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, ii) a biologically active fragment of a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22, and iii) an olfactory and/or taste receptor having an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-22. b) identifying whether the compound specifically binds to and/or affects the activity of said receptor polypeptide.
57. The method of claim 56, wherein said receptor polypeptide is expressed on the surface of a mammalian cell.
58. The method of claim 57, wherein said mammalian cell expresses a G-protein.
59. The method of claim 58, wherein said mammalian cell expresses a plurality of G-protein coupled receptors.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein said mammalian cell expresses another olfactory and/or taste receptor polypeptide.
61. The method of claim 56, wherein said receptor polypeptide is fused to another polypeptide.
62. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:l.
63. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
64. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3.
65. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
66. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:5.
67. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
68. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
69. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
70. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9.
71. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10.
72. A polypeptide of claim 1 , comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.
73. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:12.
74. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13.
75. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14.
76. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15.
77. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:16.
78. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17.
79. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18.
80. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:19.
81. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:20.
82. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:21.
83. A polypeptide of claim 1, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:22.
84. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:23.
85. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.
86. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:25.
87. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:26.
88. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:27.
89. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:28.
90. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:29.
91. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:30.
92. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:31.
93. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:32.
94. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:33.
95. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:34.
96. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:35.
97. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:36.
98. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:37.
99. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:38.
100. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:39.
101. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:40.
102. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID
NO:41.
103. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:42.
104. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:43.
105. A polynucleotide of claim 12, comprising the polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:44.
PCT/US2002/028611 2001-09-07 2002-09-06 G-protein coupled receptors Ceased WO2003023009A2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2002327615A AU2002327615A1 (en) 2001-09-07 2002-09-06 G-protein coupled receptors
CA002459323A CA2459323A1 (en) 2001-09-07 2002-09-06 G-protein coupled receptors

Applications Claiming Priority (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US31778301P 2001-09-07 2001-09-07
US60/317,783 2001-09-07
US32407901P 2001-09-21 2001-09-21
US60/324,079 2001-09-21
US32921701P 2001-10-12 2001-10-12
US32894401P 2001-10-12 2001-10-12
US60/329,217 2001-10-12
US60/328,944 2001-10-12
US34841801P 2001-10-26 2001-10-26
US60/348,418 2001-10-26
US34391101P 2001-11-02 2001-11-02
US60/343,911 2001-11-02
US33236201P 2001-11-16 2001-11-16
US60/332,362 2001-11-16

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003023009A2 true WO2003023009A2 (en) 2003-03-20
WO2003023009A3 WO2003023009A3 (en) 2003-08-28

Family

ID=27569663

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/028611 Ceased WO2003023009A2 (en) 2001-09-07 2002-09-06 G-protein coupled receptors

Country Status (3)

Country Link
AU (1) AU2002327615A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2459323A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003023009A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1614752A3 (en) * 2000-08-22 2006-02-15 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Novel human 7TM proteins and polynucleotides encoding the same
EP1594446A4 (en) * 2002-10-28 2007-05-23 Athersys Inc CALCIUM-SENSING RECEPTOR 2 (CaR2) AND METHODS FOR USING
US7803982B2 (en) 2001-04-20 2010-09-28 The Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of New York University T1R3 transgenic animals, cells and related methods

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5998164A (en) * 1995-03-30 1999-12-07 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Polynucleotides encoding human G-protein coupled receptor GPRZ
US20020103359A1 (en) * 1999-12-07 2002-08-01 Gregory Donoho Novel human membrane proteins and polynucleotides encoding the same
WO2001007612A2 (en) * 1999-07-21 2001-02-01 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Receptors and associated proteins
US20020064830A1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2002-05-30 Saimah Ali Novel compounds

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1614752A3 (en) * 2000-08-22 2006-02-15 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Novel human 7TM proteins and polynucleotides encoding the same
US7803982B2 (en) 2001-04-20 2010-09-28 The Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of New York University T1R3 transgenic animals, cells and related methods
EP1594446A4 (en) * 2002-10-28 2007-05-23 Athersys Inc CALCIUM-SENSING RECEPTOR 2 (CaR2) AND METHODS FOR USING

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2002327615A1 (en) 2003-03-24
CA2459323A1 (en) 2003-03-20
WO2003023009A3 (en) 2003-08-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2001098351A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2001042288A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1252188A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1537138A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
WO2002010387A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1297128A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2001098323A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2001072836A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2003070902A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
WO2002094990A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
WO2002026825A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1301595A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2001066742A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1366165A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2003025130A2 (en) Receptors and membrane-associated proteins
WO2003023009A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1551872A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2002079448A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2002088316A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2002046230A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2004018631A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2002029061A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
WO2004092350A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
US20040023268A1 (en) G-protein coupled receptors
EP1366152A2 (en) G-protein coupled receptors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DK EE ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC PT SE SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2459323

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003527074

Country of ref document: JP

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP